]> git.saurik.com Git - wxWidgets.git/blobdiff - src/msw/window.cpp
projects / wxWidgets.git / blobdiff
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
raw | inline | side by side
wxITEM_FOO instead of wxItem_Foo, for the sake of consistency
[wxWidgets.git] / src / msw / window.cpp
diff --git a/src/msw/window.cpp b/src/msw/window.cpp
index c11fc3d39b5c038e8f36dac130193c02cdaee573..4ee8e7b1f36dfbd65187e9e42c997bc09f4a05b1 100644 (file)
--- a/src/msw/window.cpp
+++ b/src/msw/window.cpp
@@ -1,161 +1,267 @@
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        windows.cpp
+// Name:        src/msw/windows.cpp
 // Purpose:     wxWindow
 // Author:      Julian Smart
 // Purpose:     wxWindow
 // Author:      Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
+// Modified by: VZ on 13.05.99: no more Default(), MSWOnXXX() reorganisation
 // Created:     04/01/98
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
 // Licence:     wxWindows license
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 // Created:     04/01/98
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
 // Licence:     wxWindows license
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
+// ===========================================================================
+// declarations
+// ===========================================================================
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 #ifdef __GNUG__
 #ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma implementation "window.h"
+    #pragma implementation "window.h"
 #endif
 
 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
 
 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
 #endif
 
 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
 
 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
-#pragma hdrstop
+    #pragma hdrstop
 #endif
 
 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
 #endif
 
 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "wx/setup.h"
-#include "wx/menu.h"
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-#include "wx/dcclient.h"
-#include "wx/utils.h"
-#include "wx/app.h"
-#include "wx/panel.h"
-#include "wx/layout.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/listbox.h"
-#include "wx/button.h"
-#include "wx/settings.h"
-#include "wx/msgdlg.h"
+    #include <windows.h>
+    #include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
+    #include "wx/window.h"
+    #include "wx/accel.h"
+    #include "wx/setup.h"
+    #include "wx/menu.h"
+    #include "wx/dc.h"
+    #include "wx/dcclient.h"
+    #include "wx/dcmemory.h"
+    #include "wx/utils.h"
+    #include "wx/app.h"
+    #include "wx/layout.h"
+    #include "wx/dialog.h"
+    #include "wx/frame.h"
+    #include "wx/listbox.h"
+    #include "wx/button.h"
+    #include "wx/msgdlg.h"
+    #include "wx/settings.h"
+    #include "wx/statbox.h"
 #endif
 
 #endif
 
-#if     wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-#include "wx/ownerdrw.h"
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+    #include "wx/ownerdrw.h"
 #endif
 
 #endif
 
-#if     wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-#include "wx/msw/ole/droptgt.h"
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+    #include "wx/dnd.h"
 #endif
 
 #include "wx/menuitem.h"
 #include "wx/log.h"
 #endif
 
 #include "wx/menuitem.h"
 #include "wx/log.h"
+
 #include "wx/msw/private.h"
 
 #include "wx/msw/private.h"
 
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+    #include "wx/tooltip.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_CARET
+    #include "wx/caret.h"
+#endif // wxUSE_CARET
+
+#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
+    #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
+#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
+
+#include "wx/intl.h"
+#include "wx/log.h"
+
+#include "wx/textctrl.h"
+#include "wx/notebook.h"
+
 #include <string.h>
 
 #include <string.h>
 
-#ifndef __GNUWIN32__
-#include <shellapi.h>
-#include <mmsystem.h>
+#if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)) || defined(__CYGWIN10__)
+    #include <shellapi.h>
+    #include <mmsystem.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef __WIN32__
 #endif
 
 #ifdef __WIN32__
-#include <windowsx.h>
+    #include <windowsx.h>
 #endif
 
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __GNUWIN32__
-#include <wx/msw/gnuwin32/extra.h>
+#if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__TWIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)) || defined(__CYGWIN10__)
+    #ifdef __WIN95__
+        #include <commctrl.h>
+    #endif
+#elif !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) // broken compiler
+    #ifndef __TWIN32__
+        #include "wx/msw/gnuwin32/extra.h"
+    #endif
 #endif
 
 #endif
 
-#ifdef GetCharWidth
-#undef GetCharWidth
+// This didn't appear in mingw until 2.95.2
+#ifndef SIF_TRACKPOS
+#define SIF_TRACKPOS 16
 #endif
 
 #endif
 
-#ifdef FindWindow
-#undef FindWindow
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
+    #ifndef WM_MOUSEWHEEL
+        #define WM_MOUSEWHEEL           0x020A
+    #endif
+    #ifndef WHEEL_DELTA
+        #define WHEEL_DELTA             120
+    #endif
+    #ifndef SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES
+        #define SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES 104
+    #endif
 #endif
 
 #endif
 
-#ifdef GetClassName
-#undef GetClassName
-#endif
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// global variables
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
-#ifdef GetClassInfo
-#undef GetClassInfo
-#endif
+// the last Windows message we got (FIXME-MT)
+extern MSG s_currentMsg;
 
 
-#ifdef  __WXDEBUG__
-const char *wxGetMessageName(int message);
-#endif  //WXDEBUG
+#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 
 
-#define WINDOW_MARGIN 3 // This defines sensitivity of Leave events
+extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
 
 
-wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
-extern wxList wxPendingDelete;
+// true if we had already created the std colour map, used by
+// wxGetStdColourMap() and wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged()           (FIXME-MT)
+static bool gs_hasStdCmap = FALSE;
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// private functions
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// the window proc for all our windows
+LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message,
+                                   WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
 
 
-void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindow *win);
-void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindow *win);
+#ifdef  __WXDEBUG__
+    const char *wxGetMessageName(int message);
+#endif  //__WXDEBUG__
+
+void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win);
+void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win);
 wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd);
 
 wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd);
 
-#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
-IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxEvtHandler)
+// this magical function is used to translate VK_APPS key presses to right
+// mouse clicks
+static void TranslateKbdEventToMouse(wxWindowMSW *win,
+                                     int *x, int *y, WPARAM *flags);
+
+// get the text metrics for the current font
+static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win);
+
+// wrapper around BringWindowToTop() API
+static inline void wxBringWindowToTop(HWND hwnd)
+{
+#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
+    // It seems that MicroWindows brings the _parent_ of the window to the top,
+    // which can be the wrong one.
+
+    // activate (set focus to) specified window
+    ::SetFocus(hwnd);
+
+    // raise top level parent to top of z order
+    ::SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
+#else // !__WXMICROWIN__
+    if ( !::BringWindowToTop(hwnd) )
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(_T("BringWindowToTop"));
+    }
+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__/!__WXMICROWIN__
+}
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// event tables
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// in wxUniv/MSW this class is abstract because it doesn't have DoPopupMenu()
+// method
+#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+    IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase)
+#else // __WXMSW__
+    IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxWindowBase)
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/__WXMSW__
 
 
-BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindow, wxEvtHandler)
-EVT_CHAR(wxWindow::OnChar)
-EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxWindow::OnEraseBackground)
-EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged)
-EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindow::OnInitDialog)
-EVT_IDLE(wxWindow::OnIdle)
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase)
+    EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground)
+    EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged)
+    EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog)
+    EVT_IDLE(wxWindowMSW::OnIdle)
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
-#endif
+// ===========================================================================
+// implementation
+// ===========================================================================
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxWindow utility functions
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Find an item given the MS Windows id
 
 // Find an item given the MS Windows id
-wxWindow *wxWindow::FindItem(int id) const
+wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const
 {
 {
-    if (!GetChildren())
-        return NULL;
-    wxNode *current = GetChildren()->First();
+#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
+    wxControl *item = wxDynamicCastThis(wxControl);
+    if ( item )
+    {
+        // is it we or one of our "internal" children?
+        if ( item->GetId() == id
+#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+                || (item->GetSubcontrols().Index(id) != wxNOT_FOUND)
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
+           )
+        {
+            return item;
+        }
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
+
+    wxWindowList::Node *current = GetChildren().GetFirst();
     while (current)
     {
     while (current)
     {
-        wxWindow *childWin = (wxWindow *)current->Data();
+        wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData();
 
 
-        wxWindow *wnd = childWin->FindItem(id) ;
-        if (wnd)
-            return wnd ;
+        wxWindow *wnd = childWin->FindItem(id);
+        if ( wnd )
+            return wnd;
 
 
-        if (childWin->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)))
-        {
-            wxControl *item = (wxControl *)childWin;
-            if (item->m_windowId == id)
-                return item;
-            else
-            {
-                // In case it's a 'virtual' control (e.g. radiobox)
-                if (item->GetSubcontrols().Member((wxObject *)id))
-                    return item;
-            }
-        }
-        current = current->Next();
+        current = current->GetNext();
     }
     }
+
     return NULL;
 }
 
 // Find an item given the MS Windows handle
     return NULL;
 }
 
 // Find an item given the MS Windows handle
-wxWindow *wxWindow::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const
+wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const
 {
 {
-    if (!GetChildren())
-        return NULL;
-    wxNode *current = GetChildren()->First();
+    wxWindowList::Node *current = GetChildren().GetFirst();
     while (current)
     {
     while (current)
     {
-        wxObject *obj = (wxObject *)current->Data() ;
-        // Do a recursive search.
-        wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *)obj ;
-        wxWindow *wnd = parent->FindItemByHWND(hWnd) ;
-        if (wnd)
-            return wnd ;
+        wxWindow *parent = current->GetData();
 
 
-        if ((!controlOnly) || obj->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)))
+        // Do a recursive search.
+        wxWindow *wnd = parent->FindItemByHWND(hWnd);
+        if ( wnd )
+            return wnd;
+
+        if ( !controlOnly
+#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
+                || parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl))
+#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
+           )
         {
         {
-            wxWindow *item = (wxWindow *)current->Data();
-            if ((HWND)(item->GetHWND()) == (HWND) hWnd)
+            wxWindow *item = current->GetData();
+            if ( item->GetHWND() == hWnd )
                 return item;
             else
             {
                 return item;
             else
             {
@@ -163,4729 +269,4887 @@ wxWindow *wxWindow::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const
                     return item;
             }
         }
                     return item;
             }
         }
-        current = current->Next();
+
+        current = current->GetNext();
     }
     return NULL;
 }
 
 // Default command handler
     }
     return NULL;
 }
 
 // Default command handler
-bool wxWindow::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id))
-{
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-bool wxWindow::MSWNotify(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED(wParam), WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam))
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id))
 {
     return FALSE;
 }
 
 {
     return FALSE;
 }
 
-void wxWindow::PreDelete(WXHDC WXUNUSED(dc))
-{
-}
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// constructors and such
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
-WXHWND wxWindow::GetHWND(void) const
+void wxWindowMSW::Init()
 {
 {
-    return (WXHWND) m_hWnd;
-}
+    // generic
+    InitBase();
 
 
-void wxWindow::SetHWND(WXHWND hWnd)
-{
-    m_hWnd = hWnd;
-}
+    // MSW specific
+    m_doubleClickAllowed = 0;
 
 
-// Constructor
-wxWindow::wxWindow(void)
-{
-    // Generic
-    m_windowId = 0;
-    m_isShown = TRUE;
-    m_windowStyle = 0;
-    m_windowParent = NULL;
-    m_windowEventHandler = this;
-    m_windowName = "";
-    m_windowCursor = *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR;
-    m_children = new wxList;
-    m_doubleClickAllowed = 0 ;
-    m_winCaptured = FALSE;
-    m_constraints = NULL;
-    m_constraintsInvolvedIn = NULL;
-    m_windowSizer = NULL;
-    m_sizerParent = NULL;
-    m_autoLayout = FALSE;
-    m_windowValidator = NULL;
-
-    // MSW-specific
-    m_hWnd = 0;
-    m_winEnabled = TRUE;
-    m_caretWidth = 0; m_caretHeight = 0;
-    m_caretEnabled = FALSE;
-    m_caretShown = FALSE;
-    m_inOnSize = FALSE;
-    m_minSizeX = -1;
-    m_minSizeY = -1;
-    m_maxSizeX = -1;
-    m_maxSizeY = -1;
-    //  m_paintHDC = 0;
-    //  m_tempHDC = 0;
     m_isBeingDeleted = FALSE;
     m_oldWndProc = 0;
     m_isBeingDeleted = FALSE;
     m_oldWndProc = 0;
-#ifndef __WIN32__
-    m_globalHandle = 0;
-#endif
     m_useCtl3D = FALSE;
     m_useCtl3D = FALSE;
-
-    m_defaultItem = NULL;
-
-    wxSystemSettings settings;
-
-    m_backgroundColour = settings.GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE) ;
-    // m_backgroundColour = settings.GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW) ; ;
-    m_foregroundColour = *wxBLACK;
-
-    /*
-    wxColour(GetRValue(GetSysColor(COLOR_WINDOW)),
-    GetGValue(GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE)), GetBValue(GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE)));
-    */
+    m_mouseInWindow = FALSE;
 
     // wxWnd
 
     // wxWnd
-    m_lastMsg = 0;
-    m_lastWParam = 0;
-    m_lastLParam = 0;
-    //  m_acceleratorTable = 0;
     m_hMenu = 0;
 
     m_hMenu = 0;
 
+    m_hWnd = 0;
+
     m_xThumbSize = 0;
     m_yThumbSize = 0;
     m_backgroundTransparent = FALSE;
 
     m_xThumbSize = 0;
     m_yThumbSize = 0;
     m_backgroundTransparent = FALSE;
 
-    m_lastXPos = (float)-1.0;
-    m_lastYPos = (float)-1.0;
-    m_lastEvent = -1;
-    m_returnCode = 0;
+    // as all windows are created with WS_VISIBLE style...
+    m_isShown = TRUE;
 
 
-#if  wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-    m_pDropTarget = NULL;
-#endif
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+    m_lastMouseX =
+    m_lastMouseY = -1;
+    m_lastMouseEvent = -1;
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
 }
 
 // Destructor
 }
 
 // Destructor
-wxWindow::~wxWindow(void)
+wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW()
 {
     m_isBeingDeleted = TRUE;
 
 {
     m_isBeingDeleted = TRUE;
 
-    // JACS - if behaviour is odd, restore this
-    // to the start of ~wxWindow. Vadim has changed
-    // it to nearer the end. Unsure of side-effects
-    // e.g. when deleting associated global data.
-    // Restore old Window proc, if required
-    //  UnsubclassWin();
-
-    // Have to delete constraints/sizer FIRST otherwise
-    // sizers may try to look at deleted windows as they
-    // delete themselves.
-#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
-    DeleteRelatedConstraints();
-    if (m_constraints)
-    {
-        // This removes any dangling pointers to this window
-        // in other windows' constraintsInvolvedIn lists.
-        UnsetConstraints(m_constraints);
-        delete m_constraints;
-        m_constraints = NULL;
-    }
-    if (m_windowSizer)
-    {
-        delete m_windowSizer;
-        m_windowSizer = NULL;
-    }
-    // If this is a child of a sizer, remove self from parent
-    if (m_sizerParent)
-        m_sizerParent->RemoveChild((wxWindow *)this);
-#endif
-
-    // wxWnd
-    MSWDetachWindowMenu();
-
-    if (m_windowParent)
-        m_windowParent->RemoveChild(this);
-
-    DestroyChildren();
-
-    if (m_hWnd)
-        ::DestroyWindow((HWND)m_hWnd);
-
-    wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this);
-    m_hWnd = 0;
-#ifndef __WIN32__
-    if (m_globalHandle)
+#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+    // VS: make sure there's no wxFrame with last focus set to us:
+    for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() )
     {
     {
-        GlobalFree((HGLOBAL) m_globalHandle);
-        m_globalHandle = 0;
+        wxFrame *frame = wxDynamicCast(win, wxFrame);
+        if ( frame )
+        {
+            if ( frame->GetLastFocus() == this )
+            {
+                frame->SetLastFocus((wxWindow*)NULL);
+            }
+            break;
+        }
     }
     }
-#endif
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
 
 
-    delete m_children;
-    m_children = NULL;
-
-    // Just in case the window has been Closed, but
-    // we're then deleting immediately: don't leave
-    // dangling pointers.
-    wxPendingDelete.DeleteObject(this);
+    // VS: destroy children first and _then_ detach *this from its parent.
+    //     If we'd do it the other way around, children wouldn't be able
+    //     find their parent frame (see above).
+    DestroyChildren();
 
 
-    // Just in case we've loaded a top-level window via
-    // wxWindow::LoadNativeDialog but we weren't a dialog
-    // class
-    wxTopLevelWindows.DeleteObject(this);
+    if ( m_parent )
+        m_parent->RemoveChild(this);
 
 
-    if ( m_windowValidator )
-        delete m_windowValidator;
+    if ( m_hWnd )
+    {
+        // VZ: test temp removed to understand what really happens here
+        //if (::IsWindow(GetHwnd()))
+        {
+            if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) )
+                wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow"));
+        }
 
 
-    // Restore old Window proc, if required
-    // and remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association
-    UnsubclassWin();
+        // remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association
+        wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this);
+    }
 }
 
 }
 
-// Destroy the window (delayed, if a managed window)
-bool wxWindow::Destroy(void)
+// real construction (Init() must have been called before!)
+bool wxWindowMSW::Create(wxWindow *parent,
+                         wxWindowID id,
+                         const wxPoint& pos,
+                         const wxSize& size,
+                         long style,
+                         const wxString& name)
 {
 {
-    delete this;
-    return TRUE;
-}
+    wxCHECK_MSG( parent, FALSE, wxT("can't create wxWindow without parent") );
 
 
-extern char wxCanvasClassName[];
+#if wxUSE_STATBOX
+    // wxGTK doesn't allow to create controls with static box as the parent so
+    // this will result in a crash when the program is ported to wxGTK - warn
+    // about it
+    //
+    // the correct solution is to create the controls as siblings of the
+    // static box
+    wxASSERT_MSG( !wxDynamicCast(parent, wxStaticBox),
+                  _T("wxStaticBox can't be used as a window parent!") );
+#endif // wxUSE_STATBOX
 
 
-// Constructor
-bool wxWindow::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
-                      const wxPoint& pos,
-                      const wxSize& size,
-                      long style,
-                      const wxString& name)
-{
-    // Generic
-    m_isBeingDeleted = FALSE;
-    m_windowId = 0;
-    m_isShown = TRUE;
-    m_windowStyle = 0;
-    m_windowParent = NULL;
-    m_windowEventHandler = this;
-    m_windowName = "";
-    m_windowCursor = *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR;
-    m_doubleClickAllowed = 0 ;
-    m_winCaptured = FALSE;
-    m_constraints = NULL;
-    m_constraintsInvolvedIn = NULL;
-    m_windowSizer = NULL;
-    m_sizerParent = NULL;
-    m_autoLayout = FALSE;
-    m_windowValidator = NULL;
-#if  wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-    m_pDropTarget = NULL;
-#endif
-
-    // MSW-specific
-    m_hWnd = 0;
-    m_winEnabled = TRUE;
-    m_caretWidth = 0; m_caretHeight = 0;
-    m_caretEnabled = FALSE;
-    m_caretShown = FALSE;
-    m_inOnSize = FALSE;
-    m_minSizeX = -1;
-    m_minSizeY = -1;
-    m_maxSizeX = -1;
-    m_maxSizeY = -1;
-    m_oldWndProc = 0;
-#ifndef __WIN32__
-    m_globalHandle = 0;
-#endif
-    m_useCtl3D = FALSE;
-    m_defaultItem = NULL;
-    m_windowParent = NULL;
-    m_mouseInWindow = FALSE;
-    if (!parent)
+    if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) )
         return FALSE;
 
         return FALSE;
 
-    if (parent) parent->AddChild(this);
-
-    // wxWnd
-    m_lastMsg = 0;
-    m_lastWParam = 0;
-    m_lastLParam = 0;
-    m_hMenu = 0;
+    parent->AddChild(this);
 
 
-    m_xThumbSize = 0;
-    m_yThumbSize = 0;
-    m_backgroundTransparent = FALSE;
+    // note that all windows are created visible by default
+    WXDWORD exstyle;
+    DWORD msflags = WS_VISIBLE | MSWGetCreateWindowFlags(&exstyle);
 
 
-    m_lastXPos = (float)-1.0;
-    m_lastYPos = (float)-1.0;
-    m_lastEvent = -1;
-    m_returnCode = 0;
+#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+    // no borders, we draw them ourselves
+    exstyle = 0;
+    msflags &= ~WS_BORDER;
+#endif // wxUniversal
 
 
-    SetName(name);
+    if ( style & wxPOPUP_WINDOW )
+    {
+        // a popup window floats on top of everything
+        exstyle |= WS_EX_TOPMOST | WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW;
 
 
-    if ( id == -1 )
-        m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
-    else
-        m_windowId = id;
+        // it is also created hidden as other top level windows
+        msflags &= ~WS_VISIBLE;
+        m_isShown = FALSE;
+    }
 
 
-    int x = pos.x;
-    int y = pos.y;
-    int width = size.x;
-    int height = size.y;
+    return MSWCreate(wxCanvasClassName, NULL, pos, size, msflags, exstyle);
+}
 
 
-    // To be consistent with wxGTK
-    if (width == -1)
-        width = 20;
-    if (height == -1)
-        height = 20;
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// basic operations
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
-    wxSystemSettings settings;
+void wxWindowMSW::SetFocus()
+{
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("can't set focus to invalid window") );
 
 
-    m_backgroundColour = settings.GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW) ; ;
-    // m_backgroundColour = settings.GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE) ;
-    m_foregroundColour = *wxBLACK;
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+    ::SetLastError(0);
+#endif
 
 
-    m_windowStyle = style;
+    if ( !::SetFocus(hWnd) )
+    {
+#if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
+        // was there really an error?
+        DWORD dwRes = ::GetLastError();
+        if ( dwRes )
+        {
+            HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus();
+            if ( hwndFocus != hWnd )
+            {
+                wxLogApiError(_T("SetFocus"), dwRes);
+            }
+        }
+#endif // Debug
+    }
+}
 
 
-    DWORD msflags = 0;
-    if (style & wxBORDER)
-        msflags |= WS_BORDER;
-    if (style & wxTHICK_FRAME)
-        msflags |= WS_THICKFRAME;
+// Get the window with the focus
+wxWindow *wxWindowBase::FindFocus()
+{
+    HWND hWnd = ::GetFocus();
+    if ( hWnd )
+    {
+        return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd);
+    }
 
 
-    msflags |= WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE;
-    if (style & wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
-        msflags |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
+    return NULL;
+}
 
 
-    bool want3D;
-    WXDWORD exStyle = Determine3DEffects(WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE, &want3D) ;
+bool wxWindowMSW::Enable(bool enable)
+{
+    if ( !wxWindowBase::Enable(enable) )
+        return FALSE;
 
 
-    // Even with extended styles, need to combine with WS_BORDER
-    // for them to look right.
-    if (want3D || (m_windowStyle & wxSIMPLE_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxRAISED_BORDER) ||
-        (m_windowStyle & wxSUNKEN_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxDOUBLE_BORDER))
-        msflags |= WS_BORDER;
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd )
+        ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable);
 
 
-    m_mouseInWindow = FALSE ;
+    // VZ: no, this is a bad idea: imagine that you have a dialog with some
+    //     disabled controls and disable it - you really wouldn't like the
+    //     disabled controls be reenabled too when you reenable the dialog!
+#if 0
+    wxWindowList::Node *node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    while ( node )
+    {
+        wxWindow *child = node->GetData();
+        child->Enable(enable);
 
 
-    MSWCreate(m_windowId, parent, wxCanvasClassName, this, NULL,
-        x, y, width, height, msflags, NULL, exStyle);
+        node = node->GetNext();
+    }
+#endif // 0
 
     return TRUE;
 }
 
 
     return TRUE;
 }
 
-void wxWindow::SetFocus(void)
+bool wxWindowMSW::Show(bool show)
 {
 {
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::SetFocus(hWnd);
-}
+    if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) )
+        return FALSE;
 
 
-void wxWindow::Enable(bool enable)
-{
-    m_winEnabled = enable;
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable);
-}
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    int cshow = show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE;
+    ::ShowWindow(hWnd, cshow);
 
 
-void wxWindow::CaptureMouse(void)
-{
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd && !m_winCaptured)
+    if ( show )
     {
     {
-        SetCapture(hWnd);
-        m_winCaptured = TRUE;
+        wxBringWindowToTop(hWnd);
     }
     }
+
+    return TRUE;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::ReleaseMouse(void)
+// Raise the window to the top of the Z order
+void wxWindowMSW::Raise()
 {
 {
-    if (m_winCaptured)
-    {
-        ReleaseCapture();
-        m_winCaptured = FALSE;
-    }
+    wxBringWindowToTop(GetHwnd());
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::SetAcceleratorTable(const wxAcceleratorTable& accel)
+// Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order
+void wxWindowMSW::Lower()
 {
 {
-    m_acceleratorTable = accel;
+    ::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+                   SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
 }
 
 }
 
-
-// Push/pop event handler (i.e. allow a chain of event handlers
-// be searched)
-void wxWindow::PushEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler)
+void wxWindowMSW::SetTitle( const wxString& title)
 {
 {
-    handler->SetNextHandler(GetEventHandler());
-    SetEventHandler(handler);
+    SetWindowText(GetHwnd(), title.c_str());
 }
 
 }
 
-wxEvtHandler *wxWindow::PopEventHandler(bool deleteHandler)
+wxString wxWindowMSW::GetTitle() const
 {
 {
-    if ( GetEventHandler() )
-    {
-        wxEvtHandler *handlerA = GetEventHandler();
-        wxEvtHandler *handlerB = handlerA->GetNextHandler();
-        handlerA->SetNextHandler(NULL);
-        SetEventHandler(handlerB);
-        if ( deleteHandler )
-        {
-            delete handlerA;
-            return NULL;
-        }
-        else
-            return handlerA;
-    }
-    else
-        return NULL;
+    return wxGetWindowText(GetHWND());
 }
 
 }
 
-#if    wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-void wxWindow::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget)
+void wxWindowMSW::DoCaptureMouse()
 {
 {
-    if ( m_pDropTarget != 0 ) {
-        m_pDropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd);
-        delete m_pDropTarget;
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd )
+    {
+        ::SetCapture(hWnd);
     }
     }
-
-    m_pDropTarget = pDropTarget;
-    if ( m_pDropTarget != 0 )
-        m_pDropTarget->Register(m_hWnd);
 }
 
 }
 
-#endif
-
-//old style file-manager drag&drop support
-// I think we should retain the old-style
-// DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget.
-// JACS
-void wxWindow::DragAcceptFiles(bool accept)
+void wxWindowMSW::DoReleaseMouse()
 {
 {
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept);
+    if ( !::ReleaseCapture() )
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(_T("ReleaseCapture"));
+    }
 }
 
 }
 
-// Get total size
-void wxWindow::GetSize(int *x, int *y) const
+/* static */ wxWindow *wxWindowBase::GetCapture()
 {
 {
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    RECT rect;
-    GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect);
-    *x = rect.right - rect.left;
-    *y = rect.bottom - rect.top;
+    HWND hwnd = ::GetCapture();
+    return hwnd ? wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd) : (wxWindow *)NULL;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::SetFont(const wxFont& font)
 {
 {
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    HWND hParentWnd = 0;
-    if (GetParent())
-        hParentWnd = (HWND) GetParent()->GetHWND();
-
-    RECT rect;
-    GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect);
-
-    // Since we now have the absolute screen coords,
-    // if there's a parent we must subtract its top left corner
-    POINT point;
-    point.x = rect.left;
-    point.y = rect.top;
-    if (hParentWnd)
+    if ( !wxWindowBase::SetFont(font) )
     {
     {
-        ::ScreenToClient(hParentWnd, &point);
+        // nothing to do
+        return FALSE;
     }
 
     }
 
-    // We may be faking the client origin.
-    // So a window that's really at (0, 30) may appear
-    // (to wxWin apps) to be at (0, 0).
-    if (GetParent())
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd != 0 )
     {
     {
-        wxPoint pt(GetParent()->GetClientAreaOrigin());
-        point.x -= pt.x;
-        point.y -= pt.y;
-    }
-    *x = point.x;
-    *y = point.y;
-}
+        WXHANDLE hFont = m_font.GetResourceHandle();
 
 
-void wxWindow::ScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const
-{
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    POINT pt;
-    pt.x = *x;
-    pt.y = *y;
-    ::ScreenToClient(hWnd, &pt);
+        wxASSERT_MSG( hFont, wxT("should have valid font") );
 
 
-    /*
-    // We may be faking the client origin.
-    // So a window that's really at (0, 30) may appear
-    // (to wxWin apps) to be at (0, 0).
-    if (GetParent())
-    {
-    wxPoint pt1(GetParent()->GetClientAreaOrigin());
-    pt.x -= pt1.x;
-    pt.y -= pt1.y;
+        ::SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hFont, MAKELPARAM(TRUE, 0));
     }
     }
-    */
 
 
-    *x = pt.x;
-    *y = pt.y;
+    return TRUE;
 }
 }
-
-void wxWindow::ClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)
 {
 {
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    POINT pt;
-    pt.x = *x;
-    pt.y = *y;
-
-    /*
-    // We may be faking the client origin.
-    // So a window that's really at (0, 30) may appear
-    // (to wxWin apps) to be at (0, 0).
-    if (GetParent())
+    if ( !wxWindowBase::SetCursor(cursor) )
     {
     {
-    wxPoint pt1(GetParent()->GetClientAreaOrigin());
-    pt.x += pt1.x;
-    pt.y += pt1.y;
+        // no change
+        return FALSE;
     }
     }
-    */
-
-    ::ClientToScreen(hWnd, &pt);
 
 
-    *x = pt.x;
-    *y = pt.y;
-}
-
-void wxWindow::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)
-{
-    m_windowCursor = cursor;
-    if (m_windowCursor.Ok())
+    if ( m_cursor.Ok() )
     {
     {
-        HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
+        HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
 
         // Change the cursor NOW if we're within the correct window
         POINT point;
         ::GetCursorPos(&point);
 
 
         // Change the cursor NOW if we're within the correct window
         POINT point;
         ::GetCursorPos(&point);
 
-        RECT rect;
-        ::GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect);
+        RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(hWnd);
 
 
-        if (::PtInRect(&rect, point) && !wxIsBusy())
-            ::SetCursor((HCURSOR) m_windowCursor.GetHCURSOR());
+        if ( ::PtInRect(&rect, point) && !wxIsBusy() )
+            ::SetCursor(GetHcursorOf(m_cursor));
     }
 
     }
 
-    // This will cause big reentrancy problems if wxFlushEvents is implemented.
-    //  wxFlushEvents();
-    //  return old_cursor;
+    return TRUE;
 }
 
 }
 
-
-// Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc.
-void wxWindow::GetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const
+void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer (int x, int y)
 {
 {
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    RECT rect;
-    GetClientRect(hWnd, &rect);
-    *x = rect.right;
-    *y = rect.bottom;
+    ClientToScreen(&x, &y);
+
+    if ( !::SetCursorPos(x, y) )
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(_T("SetCursorPos"));
+    }
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+void wxWindowMSW::MSWDeviceToLogical (float *x, float *y) const
 {
 {
-    int currentX, currentY;
-    GetPosition(&currentX, &currentY);
-    int actualWidth = width;
-    int actualHeight = height;
-    int actualX = x;
-    int actualY = y;
-    if (x == -1 || (sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE))
-        actualX = currentX;
-    if (y == -1 || (sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE))
-        actualY = currentY;
-
-    AdjustForParentClientOrigin(actualX, actualY, sizeFlags);
-
-    int currentW,currentH;
-    GetSize(&currentW, &currentH);
-    if (width == -1)
-        actualWidth = currentW ;
-    if (height == -1)
-        actualHeight = currentH ;
-
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        MoveWindow(hWnd, actualX, actualY, actualWidth, actualHeight, (BOOL)TRUE);
 }
 }
+#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
 
 
-void wxWindow::SetClientSize(int width, int height)
-{
-    wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    HWND hParentWnd = (HWND) (HWND) parent->GetHWND();
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// scrolling stuff
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
-    RECT rect;
-    GetClientRect(hWnd, &rect);
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollRange(int orient, int range, bool refresh)
+{
+#if defined(__WIN95__)
 
 
-    RECT rect2;
-    GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect2);
+    int range1 = range;
 
 
-    // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all)
-    // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the
-    // window
-    int actual_width = rect2.right - rect2.left - rect.right + width;
-    int actual_height = rect2.bottom - rect2.top - rect.bottom + height;
+    // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
+    // - a Windows API quirk
+    int pageSize = GetScrollPage(orient);
+    if ( pageSize > 1 && range > 0)
+    {
+        range1 += (pageSize - 1);
+    }
 
 
-    // If there's a parent, must subtract the parent's top left corner
-    // since MoveWindow moves relative to the parent
+    SCROLLINFO info;
+    int dir;
 
 
-    POINT point;
-    point.x = rect2.left;
-    point.y = rect2.top;
-    if (parent)
-    {
-        ::ScreenToClient(hParentWnd, &point);
+    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) {
+        dir = SB_HORZ;
+    } else {
+        dir = SB_VERT;
     }
 
     }
 
-    MoveWindow(hWnd, point.x, point.y, actual_width, actual_height, (BOOL)TRUE);
+    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
+    info.nPage = pageSize; // Have to set this, or scrollbar goes awry
+    info.nMin = 0;
+    info.nMax = range1;
+    info.nPos = 0;
+    info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE;
+
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd )
+        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
+#else
+    int wOrient;
+    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
+        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
+    else
+        wOrient = SB_VERT;
 
 
-    wxSizeEvent event(wxSize(width, height), m_windowId);
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd )
+        ::SetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, 0, range, refresh);
+#endif
 }
 
 }
 
-// For implementation purposes - sometimes decorations make the client area
-// smaller
-wxPoint wxWindow::GetClientAreaOrigin() const
+void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPage(int orient, int page, bool refresh)
 {
 {
-    return wxPoint(0, 0);
+#if defined(__WIN95__)
+    SCROLLINFO info;
+    int dir;
+
+    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) {
+        dir = SB_HORZ;
+        m_xThumbSize = page;
+    } else {
+        dir = SB_VERT;
+        m_yThumbSize = page;
+    }
+
+    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
+    info.nPage = page;
+    info.nMin = 0;
+    info.fMask = SIF_PAGE;
+
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd )
+        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
+#else
+    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
+        m_xThumbSize = page;
+    else
+        m_yThumbSize = page;
+#endif
 }
 
 }
 
-// Makes an adjustment to the window position (for example, a frame that has
-// a toolbar that it manages itself).
-void wxWindow::AdjustForParentClientOrigin(int& x, int& y, int sizeFlags)
+int wxWindowMSW::OldGetScrollRange(int orient) const
 {
 {
-    if (((sizeFlags & wxSIZE_NO_ADJUSTMENTS) == 0) && GetParent())
+    int wOrient;
+    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
+        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
+    else
+        wOrient = SB_VERT;
+
+#if __WATCOMC__ && defined(__WINDOWS_386__)
+    short minPos, maxPos;
+#else
+    int minPos, maxPos;
+#endif
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd )
     {
     {
-        wxPoint pt(GetParent()->GetClientAreaOrigin());
-        x += pt.x; y += pt.y;
+        ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, &minPos, &maxPos);
+#if defined(__WIN95__)
+        // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
+        // - a Windows API quirk
+        int pageSize = GetScrollPage(orient);
+        if ( pageSize > 1 )
+        {
+            maxPos -= (pageSize - 1);
+        }
+#endif
+        return maxPos;
     }
     }
+    else
+        return 0;
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::Show(bool show)
+int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPage(int orient) const
 {
 {
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    int cshow;
-    if (show)
-        cshow = SW_SHOW;
+    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
+        return m_xThumbSize;
     else
     else
-        cshow = SW_HIDE;
-    ShowWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)cshow);
-    if (show)
-    {
-        BringWindowToTop(hWnd);
-        // Next line causes a crash on NT, apparently.
-        //    UpdateWindow(hWnd); // Should this be here or will it cause inefficiency?
-    }
-    return TRUE;
+        return m_yThumbSize;
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::IsShown(void) const
+#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+
+inline int GetScrollPosition(HWND hWnd, int wOrient)
 {
 {
-    return (::IsWindowVisible((HWND) GetHWND()) != 0);
+#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
+    return ::GetScrollPosWX(hWnd, wOrient);
+#else
+    return ::GetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient);
+#endif
 }
 
 }
 
-int wxWindow::GetCharHeight(void) const
+int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPos(int orient) const
 {
 {
-    TEXTMETRIC lpTextMetric;
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    HDC dc = ::GetDC(hWnd);
+    int wOrient;
+    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
+        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
+    else
+        wOrient = SB_VERT;
 
 
-    GetTextMetrics(dc, &lpTextMetric);
-    ::ReleaseDC(hWnd, dc);
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    wxCHECK_MSG( hWnd, 0, _T("no HWND in GetScrollPos") );
 
 
-    return lpTextMetric.tmHeight;
+    return GetScrollPosition(hWnd, wOrient);
 }
 
 }
 
-int wxWindow::GetCharWidth(void) const
+// This now returns the whole range, not just the number
+// of positions that we can scroll.
+int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollRange(int orient) const
 {
 {
-    TEXTMETRIC lpTextMetric;
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    HDC dc = ::GetDC(hWnd);
+    int wOrient;
+    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
+        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
+    else
+        wOrient = SB_VERT;
 
 
-    GetTextMetrics(dc, &lpTextMetric);
-    ::ReleaseDC(hWnd, dc);
+#if __WATCOMC__ && defined(__WINDOWS_386__)
+    short minPos, maxPos;
+#else
+    int minPos, maxPos;
+#endif
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd )
+    {
+        ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, &minPos, &maxPos);
+#if defined(__WIN95__)
+        // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
+        // - a Windows API quirk
+        int pageSize = GetScrollThumb(orient);
+        if ( pageSize > 1 )
+        {
+            maxPos -= (pageSize - 1);
+        }
+        // October 10th: new range concept.
+        maxPos += pageSize;
+#endif
 
 
-    return lpTextMetric.tmAveCharWidth;
+        return maxPos;
+    }
+    else
+        return 0;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, int *x, int *y,
-                             int *descent, int *externalLeading, const wxFont *theFont, bool) const
+int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const
 {
 {
-    wxFont *fontToUse = (wxFont *)theFont;
-    if (!fontToUse)
-        fontToUse = (wxFont *) & m_windowFont;
+    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
+        return m_xThumbSize;
+    else
+        return m_yThumbSize;
+}
 
 
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    HDC dc = ::GetDC(hWnd);
+void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh)
+{
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("SetScrollPos: no HWND") );
 
 
-    HFONT fnt = 0;
-    HFONT was = 0;
-    if (fontToUse && fontToUse->Ok())
+    int dir = orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT;
+
+#if defined(__WIN95__)
+    SCROLLINFO info;
+    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
+    info.nPage = 0;
+    info.nMin = 0;
+    info.nPos = pos;
+    info.fMask = SIF_POS;
+
+    ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
+#else // !__WIN95__
+    ::SetScrollPos(hWnd, dir, pos, refresh);
+#endif // __WIN95__/!__WIN95__
+}
+
+// New function that will replace some of the above.
+void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollbar(int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible,
+                            int range, bool refresh)
+{
+#if defined(__WIN95__)
+    int oldRange = range - thumbVisible;
+
+    int range1 = oldRange;
+
+    // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
+    // - a Windows API quirk
+    int pageSize = thumbVisible;
+    if ( pageSize > 1 && range > 0)
     {
     {
-        if ((fnt=(HFONT) fontToUse->GetResourceHandle()))
-            was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt) ;
+        range1 += (pageSize - 1);
     }
 
     }
 
-    SIZE sizeRect;
-    TEXTMETRIC tm;
-    GetTextExtentPoint(dc, (const char *)string, (int)string.Length(), &sizeRect);
-    GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm);
+    SCROLLINFO info;
+    int dir;
 
 
-    if (fontToUse && fnt && was)
-        SelectObject(dc,was) ;
+    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) {
+        dir = SB_HORZ;
+    } else {
+        dir = SB_VERT;
+    }
 
 
-    ReleaseDC(hWnd, dc);
+    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
+    info.nPage = pageSize; // Have to set this, or scrollbar goes awry
+    info.nMin = 0;
+    info.nMax = range1;
+    info.nPos = pos;
+    info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
 
 
-    *x = sizeRect.cx;
-    *y = sizeRect.cy;
-    if (descent) *descent = tm.tmDescent;
-    if (externalLeading) *externalLeading = tm.tmExternalLeading;
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd )
+        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
+#else
+    int wOrient;
+    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
+        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
+    else
+        wOrient = SB_VERT;
 
 
-    //  if (fontToUse)
-    //    fontToUse->ReleaseResource();
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd )
+    {
+        ::SetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, 0, range, FALSE);
+        ::SetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient, pos, refresh);
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) {
+        m_xThumbSize = thumbVisible;
+    } else {
+        m_yThumbSize = thumbVisible;
+    }
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRectangle *rect)
+void wxWindowMSW::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *prect)
 {
 {
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
+    RECT rect;
+    RECT *pr;
+    if ( prect )
     {
     {
-        if (rect)
-        {
-            RECT mswRect;
-            mswRect.left = rect->x;
-            mswRect.top = rect->y;
-            mswRect.right = rect->x + rect->width;
-            mswRect.bottom = rect->y + rect->height;
+        rect.left = prect->x;
+        rect.top = prect->y;
+        rect.right = prect->x + prect->width;
+        rect.bottom = prect->y + prect->height;
+        pr = &rect;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pr = NULL;
+    }
 
 
-            ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, &mswRect, eraseBack);
+    ::ScrollWindow(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr);
+}
+
+static bool ScrollVertically(HWND hwnd, int kind, int count)
+{
+    int posStart = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT);
+
+    int pos = posStart;
+    for ( int n = 0; n < count; n++ )
+    {
+        ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_VSCROLL, kind, 0);
+
+        int posNew = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT);
+        if ( posNew == pos )
+        {
+            // don't bother to continue, we're already at top/bottom
+            break;
         }
         }
-        else
-            ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, NULL, eraseBack);
+
+        pos = posNew;
     }
     }
+
+    return pos != posStart;
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
+bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollLines(int lines)
 {
 {
-    // we save here the information about the last message because it might be
-    // overwritten if the event handler sends any messages to our window (case
-    // in point: wxNotebook::OnSize) - and then if we call Default() later
-    // (which is done quite often if the message is not processed) it will use
-    // incorrect values for m_lastXXX variables
-    WXUINT lastMsg = m_lastMsg;
-    WXWPARAM lastWParam = m_lastWParam;
-    WXLPARAM lastLParam = m_lastLParam;
+    bool down = lines > 0;
 
 
-    // call the base version
-    bool bProcessed = wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
+    return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(),
+                            down ? SB_LINEDOWN : SB_LINEUP,
+                            down ? lines : -lines);
+}
 
 
-    // restore
-    m_lastMsg = lastMsg;
-    m_lastWParam = lastWParam;
-    m_lastLParam = lastLParam;
+bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollPages(int pages)
+{
+    bool down = pages > 0;
 
 
-    return bProcessed;
+    return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(),
+                            down ? SB_PAGEDOWN : SB_PAGEUP,
+                            down ? pages : -pages);
 }
 
 }
 
-// Hook for new window just as it's being created,
-// when the window isn't yet associated with the handle
-wxWindow *wxWndHook = NULL;
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// subclassing
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
-// Main window proc
-LRESULT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+void wxWindowMSW::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd)
 {
 {
-    wxWindow *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
+    wxASSERT_MSG( !m_oldWndProc, wxT("subclassing window twice?") );
+
+    HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd;
+    wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in SubclassWin") );
+
+    wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hwnd, this);
+
+    m_oldWndProc = (WXFARPROC)::GetWindowLong((HWND)hWnd, GWL_WNDPROC);
 
 
-    if (!wnd && wxWndHook)
+    // we don't need to subclass the window of our own class (in the Windows
+    // sense of the word)
+    if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc(hWnd, (WXFARPROC)wxWndProc) )
     {
     {
-        wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hWnd, wxWndHook);
-        wnd = wxWndHook;
-        wxWndHook = NULL;
-        wnd->m_hWnd = (WXHWND) hWnd;
+        ::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG) wxWndProc);
     }
     }
-#if (WXDEBUG > 1)
-    wxDebugMsg("hWnd = %d, m_hWnd = %d, msg = %d\n", hWnd, m_hWnd, message);
-#endif
-    // Stop right here if we don't have a valid handle
-    // in our wxWnd object.
-    if (wnd && !wnd->m_hWnd) {
-        //    wxDebugMsg("Warning: could not find a valid handle, wx_win.cc/wxWndProc.\n");
-        wnd->m_hWnd = (WXHWND) hWnd;
-        long res = wnd->MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-        wnd->m_hWnd = 0;
-        return res;
-    }
-
-    if (wnd) {
-        wnd->m_lastMsg = message;
-        wnd->m_lastWParam = wParam;
-        wnd->m_lastLParam = lParam;
-    }
-    if (wnd)
-        return wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
     else
     else
-        return DefWindowProc( hWnd, message, wParam, lParam );
+    {
+        // don't bother restoring it neither
+        m_oldWndProc = NULL;
+    }
 }
 
 }
 
-// Should probably have a test for 'genuine' NT
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-#define DIMENSION_TYPE short
-#else
-#define DIMENSION_TYPE int
+void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin()
+{
+    wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this);
+
+    // Restore old Window proc
+    HWND hwnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hwnd )
+    {
+        m_hWnd = 0;
+
+        wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in UnsubclassWin") );
+
+        if ( m_oldWndProc )
+        {
+            if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc((WXHWND)hwnd, m_oldWndProc) )
+            {
+                ::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG) m_oldWndProc);
+            }
+
+            m_oldWndProc = NULL;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+bool wxCheckWindowWndProc(WXHWND hWnd, WXFARPROC wndProc)
+{
+#if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
+    // VS: We can't use GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC) together with unicows.dll
+    //     because it doesn't return pointer to the real wnd proc but rather a handle
+    //     of a fake proc that does Unicode<->ANSI translation.
+    //
+    //     The hack bellow works, because WNDCLASS contains original window handler
+    //     rather that the unicows fake one. This may not be on purpose, though; if
+    //     it stops working with future versions of unicows.dll, we can override
+    //     unicows hooks by setting Unicows_{Set,Get}WindowLong and
+    //     Unicows_RegisterClass to our own versions that keep track of
+    //     fake<->real wnd proc mapping.
+    //
+    //     FIXME: Doesn't handle wnd procs set by SetWindowLong, only these set
+    //            with RegisterClass!!
+
+    if ( wxUsingUnicowsDll() )
+    {
+        static wxChar buffer[512];
+        WNDCLASS cls;
+
+        ::GetClassName((HWND)hWnd, buffer, 512);
+        ::GetClassInfo(wxGetInstance(), buffer, &cls);
+        return wndProc == (WXFARPROC)cls.lpfnWndProc;
+    }
+    else
 #endif
 #endif
+    {
+        return wndProc == (WXFARPROC)::GetWindowLong((HWND)hWnd, GWL_WNDPROC);
+    }
+}
 
 
-// Main Windows 3 window proc
-long wxWindow::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Style handling
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxWindowMSW::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flags)
 {
 {
-    wxASSERT( m_lastMsg == message &&
-        m_lastWParam == wParam &&
-        m_lastLParam == lParam );
+    long flagsOld = GetWindowStyleFlag();
+    if ( flags == flagsOld )
+        return;
 
 
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, "Processing %s(%lx, %lx)",
-        wxGetMessageName(message), wParam, lParam);
-#endif // WXDEBUG
+    // update the internal variable
+    wxWindowBase::SetWindowStyleFlag(flags);
+
+    // now update the Windows style as well if needed - and if the window had
+    // been already created
+    if ( !GetHwnd() )
+        return;
 
 
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND)m_hWnd;
+    WXDWORD exstyle, exstyleOld;
+    long style = MSWGetStyle(flags, &exstyle),
+         styleOld = MSWGetStyle(flagsOld, &exstyleOld);
 
 
-    switch (message)
+    if ( style != styleOld )
     {
     {
-    case WM_ACTIVATE:
-        {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-            WORD state = LOWORD(wParam);
-            WORD minimized = HIWORD(wParam);
-            HWND hwnd = (HWND)lParam;
-#else
-            WORD state = (WORD)wParam;
-            WORD minimized = LOWORD(lParam);
-            HWND hwnd = (HWND)HIWORD(lParam);
-#endif
-            MSWOnActivate(state, (minimized != 0), (WXHWND) hwnd);
-            return 0;
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_SETFOCUS:
-        {
-            HWND hwnd = (HWND)wParam;
-            //            return OnSetFocus(hwnd);
+        // some flags (e.g. WS_VISIBLE or WS_DISABLED) should not be changed by
+        // this function so instead of simply setting the style to the new
+        // value we clear the bits which were set in styleOld but are set in
+        // the new one and set the ones which were not set before
+        long styleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE);
+        styleReal &= ~styleOld;
+        styleReal |= style;
 
 
-            if (MSWOnSetFocus((WXHWND) hwnd))
-                return 0;
-            else return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_KILLFOCUS:
-        {
-            HWND hwnd = (HWND)lParam;
-            //            return OnKillFocus(hwnd);
-            if (MSWOnKillFocus((WXHWND) hwnd))
-                return 0;
-            else
-                return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_CREATE:
-        {
-            MSWOnCreate((WXLPCREATESTRUCT) (LPCREATESTRUCT)lParam);
-            return 0;
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
-        {
-            MSWOnShow((wParam != 0), (int) lParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_PAINT:
-        {
-            if (MSWOnPaint())
-                return 0;
-            else return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_QUERYDRAGICON:
-        {
-            HICON hIcon = 0;
-            if ((hIcon = (HICON) MSWOnQueryDragIcon()))
-                return (long)hIcon;
-            else return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-            break;
-        }
+        ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, styleReal);
+    }
 
 
-    case WM_SIZE:
+    // and the extended style
+    if ( exstyle != exstyleOld )
+    {
+        long exstyleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE);
+        exstyleReal &= ~exstyleOld;
+        exstyleReal |= exstyle;
+
+        ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE, exstyleReal);
+
+        // we must call SetWindowPos() to flash the cached extended style and
+        // also to make the change to wxSTAY_ON_TOP style take effect: just
+        // setting the style simply doesn't work
+        if ( !::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(),
+                             exstyleReal & WS_EX_TOPMOST ? HWND_TOPMOST
+                                                         : HWND_NOTOPMOST,
+                             0, 0, 0, 0,
+                             SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE) )
         {
         {
-            int width = LOWORD(lParam);
-            int height = HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnSize(width, height, wParam);
-            break;
+            wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos"));
         }
         }
+    }
+}
 
 
-    case WM_MOVE:
-        {
-            wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam)),
-                m_windowId);
-            event.SetEventObject(this);
-            if ( !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
-                Default();
-        }
-        break;
+WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
+{
+    // translate the style
+    WXDWORD style = WS_CHILD;
 
 
-    case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING:
-        {
-            MSWOnWindowPosChanging((void *)lParam);
-            break;
-        }
+    if ( flags & wxCLIP_CHILDREN )
+        style |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
+
+    if ( flags & wxCLIP_SIBLINGS )
+        style |= WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
+
+    wxBorder border = (wxBorder)(flags & wxBORDER_MASK);
+    if ( border != wxBORDER_NONE && border != wxBORDER_DEFAULT )
+        style |= WS_BORDER;
 
 
-    case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
+    // now deal with ext style if the caller wants it
+    if ( exstyle )
+    {
+        *exstyle = 0;
+
+        if ( flags & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW )
+            *exstyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT;
+
+        switch ( flags & wxBORDER_MASK )
         {
         {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnRButtonDown(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_RBUTTONUP:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnRButtonUp(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnRButtonDClick(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnMButtonDown(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_MBUTTONUP:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnMButtonUp(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnMButtonDClick(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnLButtonDown(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_LBUTTONUP:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnLButtonUp(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnLButtonDClick(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
-        {
-            int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnMouseMove(x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN:
-        {
-            int x = LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnJoyDown(wxJOYSTICK1, x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN:
-        {
-            int x = LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnJoyDown(wxJOYSTICK2, x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP:
-        {
-            int x = LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnJoyUp(wxJOYSTICK1, x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP:
-        {
-            int x = LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnJoyUp(wxJOYSTICK2, x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case MM_JOY1MOVE:
-        {
-            int x = LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnJoyMove(wxJOYSTICK1, x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case MM_JOY2MOVE:
-        {
-            int x = LOWORD(lParam);
-            int y = HIWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnJoyMove(wxJOYSTICK2, x, y, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case MM_JOY1ZMOVE:
-        {
-            int z = LOWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnJoyZMove(wxJOYSTICK1, z, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case MM_JOY2ZMOVE:
-        {
-            int z = LOWORD(lParam);
-            MSWOnJoyZMove(wxJOYSTICK2, z, wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_DESTROY:
-        {
-            if (MSWOnDestroy())
-                return 0;
-            else return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
-        {
-            return MSWOnSysCommand(wParam, lParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_COMMAND:
-        {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-            WORD id = LOWORD(wParam);
-            HWND hwnd = (HWND)lParam;
-            WORD cmd = HIWORD(wParam);
-#else
-            WORD id = (WORD)wParam;
-            HWND hwnd = (HWND)LOWORD(lParam) ;
-            WORD cmd = HIWORD(lParam);
-#endif
-            if (!MSWOnCommand(id, cmd, (WXHWND) hwnd))
-                return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-            break;
-        }
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    case WM_NOTIFY:
-        {
-            if (!MSWOnNotify(wParam, lParam))
-                return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-            break;
-        }
-#endif
-    case WM_MENUSELECT:
-        {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-            WORD flags = HIWORD(wParam);
-            HMENU sysmenu = (HMENU)lParam;
-#else
-            WORD flags = LOWORD(lParam);
-            HMENU sysmenu = (HMENU)HIWORD(lParam);
-#endif
-            MSWOnMenuHighlight((WORD)wParam, flags, (WXHMENU) sysmenu);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_INITMENUPOPUP:
-        {
-            MSWOnInitMenuPopup((WXHMENU) (HMENU)wParam, (int)LOWORD(lParam), (HIWORD(lParam) != 0));
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_DRAWITEM:
-        {
-            return MSWOnDrawItem((int)wParam, (WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *)lParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_MEASUREITEM:
-        {
-            return MSWOnMeasureItem((int)wParam, (WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)lParam);
-            break;
-        }
+            default:
+                wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown border style") );
+                // fall through
 
 
-    case WM_KEYDOWN:
-        // we consider these message "not interesting"
-        if ( wParam == VK_SHIFT || wParam == VK_CONTROL )
-            return Default();
+            case wxBORDER_NONE:
+            case wxBORDER_SIMPLE:
+            case wxBORDER_DEFAULT:
+                break;
 
 
-        // Avoid duplicate messages to OnChar
-        if ( (wParam != VK_ESCAPE) && (wParam != VK_SPACE) &&
-            (wParam != VK_RETURN) && (wParam != VK_BACK) &&
-            (wParam != VK_TAB) )
-        {
-            MSWOnChar((WORD)wParam, lParam);
-            if ( ::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x100 )
-                return Default();
-        }
-        else if ( ::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x100 )
-            MSWOnChar((WORD)wParam, lParam);
-        else
-            return Default();
-        break;
+            case wxBORDER_STATIC:
+                *exstyle |= WS_EX_STATICEDGE;
+                break;
 
 
-    case WM_CHAR: // Always an ASCII character
-        {
-            MSWOnChar((WORD)wParam, lParam, TRUE);
-            break;
-        }
+            case wxBORDER_RAISED:
+                *exstyle |= WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE;
+                break;
 
 
-    case WM_HSCROLL:
-        {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-            WORD code = LOWORD(wParam);
-            WORD pos = HIWORD(wParam);
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-#else
-            WORD code = (WORD)wParam;
-            WORD pos = LOWORD(lParam);
-            HWND control = (HWND)HIWORD(lParam);
-#endif
-            MSWOnHScroll(code, pos, (WXHWND) control);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_VSCROLL:
-        {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-            WORD code = LOWORD(wParam);
-            WORD pos = HIWORD(wParam);
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-#else
-            WORD code = (WORD)wParam;
-            WORD pos = LOWORD(lParam);
-            HWND control = (HWND)HIWORD(lParam);
-#endif
-            MSWOnVScroll(code, pos, (WXHWND) control);
-            break;
-        }
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-    case WM_CTLCOLORBTN:
-        {
-            int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_BTN;
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-            HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
-            return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
-                message, wParam, lParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_CTLCOLORDLG:
-        {
-            int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_DLG;
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-            HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
-            return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
-                message, wParam, lParam);\
+            case wxBORDER_SUNKEN:
+                *exstyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE;
                 break;
                 break;
-        }
-    case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX:
-        {
-            int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_LISTBOX;
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-            HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
-            return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
-                message, wParam, lParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX:
-        {
-            int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_MSGBOX;
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-            HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
-            return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
-                message, wParam, lParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR:
-        {
-            int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_SCROLLBAR;
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-            HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
-            return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
-                message, wParam, lParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC:
-        {
-            int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_STATIC;
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-            HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
-            return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
-                message, wParam, lParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT:
-        {
-            int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_EDIT;
-            HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-            HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
-            return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
-                message, wParam, lParam);
-            break;
-        }
-#else
-    case WM_CTLCOLOR:
-        {
-            HWND control = (HWND)LOWORD(lParam);
-            int nCtlColor = (int)HIWORD(lParam);
-            HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
-            return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
-                message, wParam, lParam);
-            break;
-        }
-#endif
-    case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
-        {
-            // Return value of 0 means, we processed it.
-            if (MSWOnColorChange((WXHWND) hWnd, message, wParam, lParam) == 0)
-                return 0;
-            else
-                return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
-        {
-            return MSWOnPaletteChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
-        {
-            return MSWOnQueryNewPalette();
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_ERASEBKGND:
-        {
-            // Prevents flicker when dragging
-            if (IsIconic(hWnd)) return 1;
 
 
-            if (!MSWOnEraseBkgnd((WXHDC) (HDC)wParam))
-                return 0; // Default(); MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-            else return 1;
-            break;
+            case wxBORDER_DOUBLE:
+                *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME;
+                break;
         }
         }
-    case WM_MDIACTIVATE:
-        {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-            HWND hWndActivate = GET_WM_MDIACTIVATE_HWNDACTIVATE(wParam,lParam);
-            HWND hWndDeactivate = GET_WM_MDIACTIVATE_HWNDDEACT(wParam,lParam);
-            BOOL activate = GET_WM_MDIACTIVATE_FACTIVATE(hWnd,wParam,lParam);
-            return MSWOnMDIActivate((long) activate, (WXHWND) hWndActivate, (WXHWND) hWndDeactivate);
-#else
-            return MSWOnMDIActivate((BOOL)wParam, (HWND)LOWORD(lParam),
-                (HWND)HIWORD(lParam));
+    }
+
+    return style;
+}
+
+// Make a Windows extended style from the given wxWindows window style
+WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MakeExtendedStyle(long style, bool eliminateBorders)
+{
+    WXDWORD exStyle = 0;
+    if ( style & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW )
+        exStyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT;
+
+    if ( !eliminateBorders )
+    {
+        if ( style & wxSUNKEN_BORDER )
+            exStyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE;
+        if ( style & wxDOUBLE_BORDER )
+            exStyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME;
+#if defined(__WIN95__)
+        if ( style & wxRAISED_BORDER )
+            // It seems that WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE doesn't work, but WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME does
+            exStyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME; /* WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE */;
+        if ( style & wxSTATIC_BORDER )
+            exStyle |= WS_EX_STATICEDGE;
 #endif
 #endif
-        }
-    case WM_DROPFILES:
-        {
-            MSWOnDropFiles(wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_INITDIALOG:
-        {
-            return 0; // MSWOnInitDialog((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_QUERYENDSESSION:
-        {
-            // Same as WM_CLOSE, but inverted results. Thx Microsoft :-)
-            //            return MSWOnClose();
+    }
 
 
-            return MSWOnQueryEndSession(lParam);
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_ENDSESSION:
-        {
-            // Same as WM_CLOSE, but inverted results. Thx Microsoft :-)
-            MSWOnEndSession((wParam != 0), lParam);
-            return 0L;
-            break;
-        }
-    case WM_CLOSE:
-        {
-            if (MSWOnClose())
-                return 0L;
-            else
-                return 1L;
-            break;
-        }
+    return exStyle;
+}
 
 
-    case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
-        {
-            MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)lParam;
-            if (m_minSizeX != -1)
-                info->ptMinTrackSize.x = (int)m_minSizeX;
-            if (m_minSizeY != -1)
-                info->ptMinTrackSize.y = (int)m_minSizeY;
-            if (m_maxSizeX != -1)
-                info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = (int)m_maxSizeX;
-            if (m_maxSizeY != -1)
-                info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = (int)m_maxSizeY;
-            return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-            break;
-        }
+// Determines whether native 3D effects or CTL3D should be used,
+// applying a default border style if required, and returning an extended
+// style to pass to CreateWindowEx.
+WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::Determine3DEffects(WXDWORD defaultBorderStyle,
+                                        bool *want3D) const
+{
+    // If matches certain criteria, then assume no 3D effects
+    // unless specifically requested (dealt with in MakeExtendedStyle)
+    if ( !GetParent()
+#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
+            || !IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl))
+#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
+            || (m_windowStyle & wxNO_BORDER) )
+    {
+        *want3D = FALSE;
+        return MakeExtendedStyle(m_windowStyle);
+    }
 
 
-    case WM_GETDLGCODE:
-        return MSWGetDlgCode();
+    // Determine whether we should be using 3D effects or not.
+    bool nativeBorder = FALSE; // by default, we don't want a Win95 effect
 
 
-    default:
-        return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
+    // 1) App can specify global 3D effects
+    *want3D = wxTheApp->GetAuto3D();
+
+    // 2) If the parent is being drawn with user colours, or simple border specified,
+    // switch effects off. TODO: replace wxUSER_COLOURS with wxNO_3D
+    if ( GetParent() && (GetParent()->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxUSER_COLOURS) || (m_windowStyle & wxSIMPLE_BORDER) )
+        *want3D = FALSE;
+
+    // 3) Control can override this global setting by defining
+    // a border style, e.g. wxSUNKEN_BORDER
+    if ( m_windowStyle & wxSUNKEN_BORDER  )
+        *want3D = TRUE;
+
+    // 4) If it's a special border, CTL3D can't cope so we want a native border
+    if ( (m_windowStyle & wxDOUBLE_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxRAISED_BORDER) ||
+        (m_windowStyle & wxSTATIC_BORDER) )
+    {
+        *want3D = TRUE;
+        nativeBorder = TRUE;
     }
     }
-    return 0; // Success: we processed this command.
+
+    // 5) If this isn't a Win95 app, and we are using CTL3D, remove border
+    // effects from extended style
+#if wxUSE_CTL3D
+    if ( *want3D )
+        nativeBorder = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+    DWORD exStyle = MakeExtendedStyle(m_windowStyle, !nativeBorder);
+
+    // If we want 3D, but haven't specified a border here,
+    // apply the default border style specified.
+    // TODO what about non-Win95 WIN32? Does it have borders?
+#if defined(__WIN95__) && !wxUSE_CTL3D
+    if ( defaultBorderStyle && (*want3D) && ! ((m_windowStyle & wxDOUBLE_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxRAISED_BORDER ) ||
+        (m_windowStyle & wxSTATIC_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxSIMPLE_BORDER) ))
+        exStyle |= defaultBorderStyle; // WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE;
+#endif
+
+    return exStyle;
 }
 
 }
 
-// Dialog window proc
-LONG APIENTRY _EXPORT
-wxDlgProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+// If nothing defined for this, try the parent.
+// E.g. we may be a button loaded from a resource, with no callback function
+// defined.
+void wxWindowMSW::OnCommand(wxWindow& win, wxCommandEvent& event)
 {
 {
-    return 0;
+    if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)  )
+        return;
+    if ( m_parent )
+        m_parent->GetEventHandler()->OnCommand(win, event);
 }
 }
+#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2
 
 
-wxList *wxWinHandleList = NULL;
-wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd)
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+wxObject* wxWindowMSW::GetChild(int number) const
 {
 {
-    wxNode *node = wxWinHandleList->Find((long)hWnd);
-    if (!node)
+    // Return a pointer to the Nth object in the Panel
+    wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
+    int n = number;
+    while (node && n--)
+        node = node->Next();
+    if ( node )
+    {
+        wxObject *obj = (wxObject *)node->Data();
+        return(obj);
+    }
+    else
         return NULL;
         return NULL;
-    return (wxWindow *)node->Data();
 }
 }
+#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
 
 
-void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindow *win)
+// Setup background and foreground colours correctly
+void wxWindowMSW::SetupColours()
 {
 {
-    // adding NULL hWnd is (first) surely a result of an error and
-    // (secondly) breaks menu command processing
-    wxCHECK_RET( hWnd != NULL, "attempt to add a NULL hWnd to window list" );
-
-    if ( !wxWinHandleList->Find((long)hWnd) )
-        wxWinHandleList->Append((long)hWnd, win);
+    if ( GetParent() )
+        SetBackgroundColour(GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour());
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindow *win)
+bool wxWindowMSW::IsMouseInWindow() const
 {
 {
-    wxWinHandleList->DeleteObject(win);
-}
+    // get the mouse position
+    POINT pt;
+    ::GetCursorPos(&pt);
 
 
-// Default destroyer - override if you destroy it in some other way
-// (e.g. with MDI child windows)
-void wxWindow::MSWDestroyWindow(void)
-{
+    // find the window which currently has the cursor and go up the window
+    // chain until we find this window - or exhaust it
+    HWND hwnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt);
+    while ( hwnd && (hwnd != GetHwnd()) )
+        hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd);
+
+    return hwnd != NULL;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::MSWCreate(int id, wxWindow *parent, const char *wclass, wxWindow *wx_win, const char *title,
-                         int x, int y, int width, int height,
-                         WXDWORD style, const char *dialog_template, WXDWORD extendedStyle)
+void wxWindowMSW::OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
 {
 {
-    bool is_dialog = (dialog_template != NULL);
-    int x1 = CW_USEDEFAULT;
-    int y1 = 0;
-    int width1 = CW_USEDEFAULT;
-    int height1 = 100;
-
-    // Find parent's size, if it exists, to set up a possible default
-    // panel size the size of the parent window
-    RECT parent_rect;
-    if (parent)
+    // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event
+    if ( m_mouseInWindow )
     {
     {
-        // Was GetWindowRect: JACS 5/5/95
-        ::GetClientRect((HWND) parent->GetHWND(), &parent_rect);
+        // note that we should generate the leave event whether the window has
+        // or doesn't have mouse capture
+        if ( !IsMouseInWindow() )
+        {
+            // Generate a LEAVE event
+            m_mouseInWindow = FALSE;
 
 
-        width1 = parent_rect.right - parent_rect.left;
-        height1 = parent_rect.bottom - parent_rect.top;
-    }
+            // Unfortunately the mouse button and keyboard state may have
+            // changed by the time the OnIdle function is called, so 'state'
+            // may be meaningless.
+            int state = 0;
+            if ( wxIsShiftDown() )
+                state |= MK_SHIFT;
+            if ( wxIsCtrlDown() )
+                state |= MK_CONTROL;
+            if ( GetKeyState( VK_LBUTTON ) )
+                state |= MK_LBUTTON;
+            if ( GetKeyState( VK_MBUTTON ) )
+                state |= MK_MBUTTON;
+            if ( GetKeyState( VK_RBUTTON ) )
+                state |= MK_RBUTTON;
+
+            POINT pt;
+            if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) )
+            {
+                wxLogLastError(_T("GetCursorPos"));
+            }
 
 
-    if (x > -1) x1 = x;
-    if (y > -1) y1 = y;
-    if (width > -1) width1 = width;
-    if (height > -1) height1 = height;
+            // we need to have client coordinates here for symmetry with
+            // wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
+            RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
+            pt.x -= rect.left;
+            pt.y -= rect.top;
 
 
-    HWND hParent = NULL;
-    if (parent)
-        hParent = (HWND) parent->GetHWND();
+            wxMouseEvent event2(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW);
+            InitMouseEvent(event2, pt.x, pt.y, state);
 
 
-    wxWndHook = this;
+            (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event2);
+        }
+    }
 
 
-    if (is_dialog)
-    {
-        // MakeProcInstance doesn't seem to be needed in C7. Is it needed for
-        // other compilers???
-        // VZ: it's always needed for Win16 and never for Win32
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-        m_hWnd = (WXHWND) ::CreateDialog(wxGetInstance(), dialog_template, hParent,
-            (DLGPROC)wxDlgProc);
-#else
-        DLGPROC dlgproc = (DLGPROC)MakeProcInstance((DLGPROC)wxWndProc, wxGetInstance());
+    UpdateWindowUI();
+}
 
 
-        m_hWnd = (WXHWND) ::CreateDialog(wxGetInstance(), dialog_template, hParent,
-            (DLGPROC)dlgproc);
-#endif
+// Set this window to be the child of 'parent'.
+bool wxWindowMSW::Reparent(wxWindowBase *parent)
+{
+    if ( !wxWindowBase::Reparent(parent) )
+        return FALSE;
 
 
-        if (m_hWnd == 0)
-            MessageBox(NULL, "Can't find dummy dialog template!\nCheck resource include path for finding wx.rc.",
-            "wxWindows Error", MB_ICONEXCLAMATION | MB_OK);
-        else MoveWindow((HWND) m_hWnd, x1, y1, width1, height1, FALSE);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        int controlId = 0;
-        if (style & WS_CHILD)
-            controlId = id;
-        if (!title)
-            title = "";
-
-        m_hWnd = (WXHWND)CreateWindowEx(extendedStyle, wclass,
-            title,
-            style,
-            x1, y1,
-            width1, height1,
-            hParent, (HMENU)controlId, wxGetInstance(),
-            NULL);
-
-        if ( !m_hWnd ) {
-            wxLogError("Can't create window of class %s!\n"
-                "Possible Windows 3.x compatibility problem?", wclass);
-        }
-    }
+    HWND hWndChild = GetHwnd();
+    HWND hWndParent = GetParent() ? GetWinHwnd(GetParent()) : (HWND)0;
 
 
-    wxWndHook = NULL;
-    wxWinHandleList->Append((long)m_hWnd, this);
+    ::SetParent(hWndChild, hWndParent);
 
 
-#if WXDEBUG > 1
-    wxDebugMsg("wxWindow::MSWCreate %d\n", m_hWnd);
-#endif
+    return TRUE;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT WXUNUSED(cs))
+void wxWindowMSW::Clear()
 {
 {
+    wxClientDC dc((wxWindow *)this);
+    wxBrush brush(GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID);
+    dc.SetBackground(brush);
+    dc.Clear();
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnClose(void)
+static inline void SendSetRedraw(HWND hwnd, bool on)
 {
 {
-#if WXDEBUG > 1
-    wxDebugMsg("wxWindow::MSWOnClose %d\n", handle);
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+    ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETREDRAW, (WPARAM)on, 0);
 #endif
 #endif
-    return FALSE;
 }
 
 }
 
-// Some compilers don't define this
-#ifndef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF
-#define ENDSESSION_LOGOFF    0x80000000
-#endif
+void wxWindowMSW::Freeze()
+{
+    SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), FALSE);
+}
 
 
-// Return TRUE to end session, FALSE to veto end session.
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnQueryEndSession(long logOff)
+void wxWindowMSW::Thaw()
 {
 {
-    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, -1);
-    event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
-    event.SetCanVeto(TRUE);
-    event.SetLoggingOff( (logOff == ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) );
-    if ((this == wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) && // Only send once
-        wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event) && event.GetVeto())
-    {
-        return FALSE; // Veto!
-    }
-    else
+    SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), TRUE);
+
+    // we need to refresh everything or otherwise he invalidated area is not
+    // repainted
+    Refresh();
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect)
+{
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd )
     {
     {
-        return TRUE; // Don't veto
+        if ( rect )
+        {
+            RECT mswRect;
+            mswRect.left = rect->x;
+            mswRect.top = rect->y;
+            mswRect.right = rect->x + rect->width;
+            mswRect.bottom = rect->y + rect->height;
+
+            ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, &mswRect, eraseBack);
+        }
+        else
+            ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, NULL, eraseBack);
     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff)
+void wxWindowMSW::Update()
 {
 {
-    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, -1);
-    event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
-    event.SetCanVeto(FALSE);
-    event.SetLoggingOff( (logOff == ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) );
-    if (endSession &&                         // No need to send if the session isn't ending
-        (this == wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) && // Only send once
-        wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event))
+    if ( !::UpdateWindow(GetHwnd()) )
     {
     {
+        wxLogLastError(_T("UpdateWindow"));
     }
     }
-    return TRUE;
+
+#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
+    // just calling UpdateWindow() is not enough, what we did in our WM_PAINT
+    // handler needs to be really drawn right now
+    (void)::GdiFlush();
+#endif // __WIN32__
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnDestroy(void)
-{
-#if WXDEBUG > 1
-    wxDebugMsg("wxWindow::MSWOnDestroy %d\n", handle);
-#endif
-    // delete our drop target if we've got one
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// drag and drop
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-    if ( m_pDropTarget != NULL ) {
-        m_pDropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd);
 
 
-        delete m_pDropTarget;
-        m_pDropTarget = NULL;
+void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget)
+{
+    if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) {
+        m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd);
+        delete m_dropTarget;
     }
     }
-#endif
 
 
-    return TRUE;
+    m_dropTarget = pDropTarget;
+    if ( m_dropTarget != 0 )
+        m_dropTarget->Register(m_hWnd);
 }
 
 }
 
-// Deal with child commands from buttons etc.
+#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 
 
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnNotify(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+// old style file-manager drag&drop support: we retain the old-style
+// DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget.
+void wxWindowMSW::DragAcceptFiles(bool accept)
 {
 {
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    // Find a child window to send the notification to, e.g. a toolbar.
-    // There's a problem here. NMHDR::hwndFrom doesn't give us the
-    // handle of the toolbar; it's probably the handle of the tooltip
-    // window (anyway, it's parent is also the toolbar's parent).
-    // So, since we don't know which hWnd or wxWindow originated the
-    // WM_NOTIFY, we'll need to go through all the children of this window
-    // trying out MSWNotify.
-    // This won't work now, though, because any number of controls
-    // could respond to the same generic messages :-(
-
-    /* This doesn't work for toolbars, but try for other controls first.
-    */
-    NMHDR *hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam;
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND)hdr->hwndFrom;
-    wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( hWnd )
+        ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept);
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// tooltips
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+
+void wxWindowMSW::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip)
+{
+    wxWindowBase::DoSetToolTip(tooltip);
+
+    if ( m_tooltip )
+        m_tooltip->SetWindow(this);
+}
+
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// moving and resizing
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Get total size
+void wxWindowMSW::DoGetSize(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+    RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
+
+    if ( x )
+        *x = rect.right - rect.left;
+    if ( y )
+        *y = rect.bottom - rect.top;
+}
+
+// Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc.
+void wxWindowMSW::DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+    RECT rect = wxGetClientRect(GetHwnd());
+
+    if ( x )
+        *x = rect.right;
+    if ( y )
+        *y = rect.bottom;
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+    RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
+
+    POINT point;
+    point.x = rect.left;
+    point.y = rect.top;
 
 
-    if ( win )
-        return win->MSWNotify(wParam, lParam);
-    else
+    // we do the adjustments with respect to the parent only for the "real"
+    // children, not for the dialogs/frames
+    if ( !IsTopLevel() )
     {
     {
-        // Rely on MSWNotify to check whether the message
-        // belongs to the window or not
-        wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
-        while (node)
+        HWND hParentWnd = 0;
+        wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
+        if ( parent )
+            hParentWnd = GetWinHwnd(parent);
+
+        // Since we now have the absolute screen coords, if there's a parent we
+        // must subtract its top left corner
+        if ( hParentWnd )
         {
         {
-            wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-            if ( child->MSWNotify(wParam, lParam) )
-                return TRUE;
-            node = node->Next();
+            ::ScreenToClient(hParentWnd, &point);
         }
         }
-    }
 
 
-    return FALSE;
+        if ( parent )
+        {
+            // We may be faking the client origin. So a window that's really at (0,
+            // 30) may appear (to wxWin apps) to be at (0, 0).
+            wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin());
+            point.x -= pt.x;
+            point.y -= pt.y;
+        }
+    }
 
 
-#endif
-    return FALSE;
+    if ( x )
+        *x = point.x;
+    if ( y )
+        *y = point.y;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnMenuHighlight(WXWORD WXUNUSED(item), WXWORD WXUNUSED(flags), WXHMENU WXUNUSED(sysmenu))
+void wxWindowMSW::DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const
 {
 {
-#if WXDEBUG > 1
-    wxDebugMsg("wxWindow::MSWOnMenuHighlight %d\n", handle);
-#endif
-}
+    POINT pt;
+    if ( x )
+        pt.x = *x;
+    if ( y )
+        pt.y = *y;
 
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnInitMenuPopup(WXHMENU menu, int pos, bool isSystem)
-{
+    ::ScreenToClient(GetHwnd(), &pt);
+
+    if ( x )
+        *x = pt.x;
+    if ( y )
+        *y = pt.y;
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnActivate(int state, bool WXUNUSED(minimized), WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate))
+void wxWindowMSW::DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const
 {
 {
-#if WXDEBUG > 1
-    wxDebugMsg("wxWindow::MSWOnActivate %d\n", handle);
-#endif
+    POINT pt;
+    if ( x )
+        pt.x = *x;
+    if ( y )
+        pt.y = *y;
 
 
-    wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, ((state == WA_ACTIVE) || (state == WA_CLICKACTIVE)),
-        m_windowId);
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-    return 0;
+    ::ClientToScreen(GetHwnd(), &pt);
+
+    if ( x )
+        *x = pt.x;
+    if ( y )
+        *y = pt.y;
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnSetFocus(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hwnd))
+void wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height)
 {
 {
-#if WXDEBUG > 1
-    wxDebugMsg("wxWindow::MSWOnSetFocus %d\n", m_hWnd);
-#endif
-    // Deal with caret
-    if (m_caretEnabled && (m_caretWidth > 0) && (m_caretHeight > 0))
+    // TODO: is this consistent with other platforms?
+    // Still, negative width or height shouldn't be allowed
+    if (width < 0)
+        width = 0;
+    if (height < 0)
+        height = 0;
+    if ( !::MoveWindow(GetHwnd(), x, y, width, height, TRUE) )
     {
     {
-        ::CreateCaret((HWND) GetHWND(), NULL, m_caretWidth, m_caretHeight);
-        if (m_caretShown)
-            ::ShowCaret((HWND) GetHWND());
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow"));
     }
     }
-
-    wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, m_windowId);
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-    return TRUE;
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnKillFocus(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hwnd))
+// set the size of the window: if the dimensions are positive, just use them,
+// but if any of them is equal to -1, it means that we must find the value for
+// it ourselves (unless sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE flag, in
+// which case -1 is a valid value for x and y)
+//
+// If sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH/HEIGHT flags (default), we calculate
+// the width/height to best suit our contents, otherwise we reuse the current
+// width/height
+void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
 {
 {
-#if WXDEBUG > 1
-    wxDebugMsg("wxWindow::MSWOnKillFocus %d\n", m_hWnd);
-#endif
-    // Deal with caret
-    if (m_caretEnabled)
+    // get the current size and position...
+    int currentX, currentY;
+    GetPosition(&currentX, &currentY);
+    int currentW,currentH;
+    GetSize(&currentW, &currentH);
+
+    // ... and don't do anything (avoiding flicker) if it's already ok
+    if ( x == currentX && y == currentY &&
+         width == currentW && height == currentH )
     {
     {
-        ::DestroyCaret();
+        return;
     }
 
     }
 
-    wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, m_windowId);
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-void wxWindow::MSWOnDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam)
-{
-#if WXDEBUG > 1
-    wxDebugMsg("wxWindow::MSWOnDropFiles %d\n", m_hWnd);
-#endif
-
-    HDROP hFilesInfo = (HDROP) wParam;
-    POINT dropPoint;
-    DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint);
+    if ( x == -1 && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) )
+        x = currentX;
+    if ( y == -1 && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) )
+        y = currentY;
 
 
-    // Get the total number of files dropped
-    WORD gwFilesDropped = (WORD)DragQueryFile ((HDROP)hFilesInfo,
-        (UINT)-1,
-        (LPSTR)0,
-        (UINT)0);
+    AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y, sizeFlags);
 
 
-    wxString *files = new wxString[gwFilesDropped];
-    int wIndex;
-    for (wIndex=0; wIndex < (int)gwFilesDropped; wIndex++)
+    wxSize size(-1, -1);
+    if ( width == -1 )
     {
     {
-        DragQueryFile (hFilesInfo, wIndex, (LPSTR) wxBuffer, 1000);
-        files[wIndex] = wxBuffer;
+        if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH )
+        {
+            size = DoGetBestSize();
+            width = size.x;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // just take the current one
+            width = currentW;
+        }
     }
     }
-    DragFinish (hFilesInfo);
 
 
-    wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
-    event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.x; event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.y;
+    if ( height == -1 )
+    {
+        if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT )
+        {
+            if ( size.x == -1 )
+            {
+                size = DoGetBestSize();
+            }
+            //else: already called DoGetBestSize() above
 
 
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
+            height = size.y;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // just take the current one
+            height = currentH;
+        }
+    }
 
 
-    delete[] files;
+    DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height);
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnDrawItem(int id, WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
+void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height)
 {
 {
-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-    if ( id == 0 ) {    // is it a menu item?
-        DRAWITEMSTRUCT *pDrawStruct = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;
-        wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData);
-        wxCHECK( pMenuItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMenuItem)), FALSE );
+    // setting the client size is less obvious than it it could have been
+    // because in the result of changing the total size the window scrollbar
+    // may [dis]appear and/or its menubar may [un]wrap and so the client size
+    // will not be correct as the difference between the total and client size
+    // changes - so we keep changing it until we get it right
+    //
+    // normally this loop shouldn't take more than 3 iterations (usually 1 but
+    // if scrollbars [dis]appear as the result of the first call, then 2 and it
+    // may become 3 if the window had 0 size originally and so we didn't
+    // calculate the scrollbar correction correctly during the first iteration)
+    // but just to be on the safe side we check for it instead of making it an
+    // "infinite" loop (i.e. leaving break inside as the only way to get out)
+    for ( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
+    {
+        RECT rectClient;
+        ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rectClient);
 
 
-        // prepare to call OnDrawItem()
-        wxDC dc;
-        dc.SetHDC((WXHDC)pDrawStruct->hDC, FALSE);
-        wxRect rect(pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, pDrawStruct->rcItem.top,
-            pDrawStruct->rcItem.right - pDrawStruct->rcItem.left,
-            pDrawStruct->rcItem.bottom - pDrawStruct->rcItem.top);
-        return pMenuItem->OnDrawItem(
-            dc, rect,
-            (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODAction)pDrawStruct->itemAction,
-            (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODStatus)pDrawStruct->itemState
-            );
-    }
-#endif  // owner-drawn menus
+        // if the size is already ok, stop here (rectClient.left = top = 0)
+        if ( (rectClient.right == width || width == -1) &&
+             (rectClient.bottom == height || height == -1) )
+        {
+            break;
+        }
 
 
-    wxWindow *item = FindItem(id);
-#if wxUSE_DYNAMIC_CLASSES
-    if (item && item->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)))
-    {
-        return ((wxControl *)item)->MSWOnDraw(itemStruct);
+        int widthClient = width,
+            heightClient = height;
+
+        // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all)
+        // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the
+        // window
+        RECT rectWin;
+        ::GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(), &rectWin);
+
+        widthClient += rectWin.right - rectWin.left - rectClient.right;
+        heightClient += rectWin.bottom - rectWin.top - rectClient.bottom;
+
+        POINT point;
+        point.x = rectWin.left;
+        point.y = rectWin.top;
+
+        // MoveWindow positions the child windows relative to the parent, so
+        // adjust if necessary
+        if ( !IsTopLevel() )
+        {
+            wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
+            if ( parent )
+            {
+                ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), &point);
+            }
+        }
+
+        DoMoveWindow(point.x, point.y, widthClient, heightClient);
     }
     }
-    else
-#endif
-        return FALSE;
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
+// For implementation purposes - sometimes decorations make the client area
+// smaller
+wxPoint wxWindowMSW::GetClientAreaOrigin() const
 {
 {
-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-    if ( id == 0 ) {    // is it a menu item?
-        MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *pMeasureStruct = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;
-        wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData);
-        wxCHECK( pMenuItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMenuItem)), FALSE );
+    return wxPoint(0, 0);
+}
 
 
-        return pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&pMeasureStruct->itemWidth,
-            &pMeasureStruct->itemHeight);
-    }
-#endif  // owner-drawn menus
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// text metrics
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
-    wxWindow *item = FindItem(id);
-#if wxUSE_DYNAMIC_CLASSES
-    if (item && item->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)))
-    {
-        return ((wxControl *)item)->MSWOnMeasure(itemStruct);
-    }
-    else
-#endif
-        return FALSE;
+int wxWindowMSW::GetCharHeight() const
+{
+    return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmHeight;
 }
 
 }
 
-WXHBRUSH wxWindow::MSWOnCtlColor(WXHDC pDC, WXHWND pWnd, WXUINT nCtlColor,
-                                 WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+int wxWindowMSW::GetCharWidth() const
 {
 {
-#if WXDEBUG > 1
-    wxDebugMsg("wxWindow::MSWOnCtlColour %d\n", m_hWnd);
+    // +1 is needed because Windows apparently adds it when calculating the
+    // dialog units size in pixels
+#if wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY
+    return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth;
+#else
+    return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth + 1;
 #endif
 #endif
-    if (nCtlColor == CTLCOLOR_DLG)
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
+                             int *x, int *y,
+                             int *descent, int *externalLeading,
+                             const wxFont *theFont) const
+{
+    const wxFont *fontToUse = theFont;
+    if ( !fontToUse )
+        fontToUse = &m_font;
+
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    HDC dc = ::GetDC(hWnd);
+
+    HFONT fnt = 0;
+    HFONT hfontOld = 0;
+    if ( fontToUse && fontToUse->Ok() )
     {
     {
-        return OnCtlColor(pDC, pWnd, nCtlColor, message, wParam, lParam);
+        fnt = (HFONT)((wxFont *)fontToUse)->GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast
+        if ( fnt )
+            hfontOld = (HFONT)SelectObject(dc,fnt);
     }
 
     }
 
-    wxControl *item = (wxControl *)FindItemByHWND(pWnd, TRUE);
+    SIZE sizeRect;
+    TEXTMETRIC tm;
+    GetTextExtentPoint(dc, string, (int)string.Length(), &sizeRect);
+    GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm);
+
+    if ( fontToUse && fnt && hfontOld )
+        SelectObject(dc, hfontOld);
 
 
-    WXHBRUSH hBrush = 0;
+    ReleaseDC(hWnd, dc);
 
 
-    if ( item )
-        hBrush = item->OnCtlColor(pDC, pWnd, nCtlColor, message, wParam, lParam);
+    if ( x )
+        *x = sizeRect.cx;
+    if ( y )
+        *y = sizeRect.cy;
+    if ( descent )
+        *descent = tm.tmDescent;
+    if ( externalLeading )
+        *externalLeading = tm.tmExternalLeading;
+}
 
 
-    // I think that even for dialogs, we may need to call DefWindowProc (?)
-    // Or maybe just rely on the usual default behaviour.
-    if ( !hBrush )
-        hBrush = (WXHBRUSH) MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
+#if wxUSE_CARET && WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Caret manipulation
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
-    return hBrush ;
+void wxWindowMSW::CreateCaret(int w, int h)
+{
+    SetCaret(new wxCaret(this, w, h));
 }
 
 }
 
-// Define for each class of dialog and control
-WXHBRUSH wxWindow::OnCtlColor(WXHDC pDC, WXHWND pWnd, WXUINT nCtlColor,
-                              WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+void wxWindowMSW::CreateCaret(const wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap))
 {
 {
-    return (WXHBRUSH) MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
+    wxFAIL_MSG("not implemented");
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnColorChange(WXHWND hWnd, WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+void wxWindowMSW::ShowCaret(bool show)
 {
 {
-    wxSysColourChangedEvent event;
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
+    wxCHECK_RET( m_caret, "no caret to show" );
 
 
-    // Check if app handles this.
-    if (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        return 0;
+    m_caret->Show(show);
+}
 
 
-    // We didn't process it
-    return 1;
+void wxWindowMSW::DestroyCaret()
+{
+    SetCaret(NULL);
 }
 
 }
 
-long wxWindow::MSWOnPaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange)
+void wxWindowMSW::SetCaretPos(int x, int y)
 {
 {
-    wxPaletteChangedEvent event(GetId());
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    event.SetChangedWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndPalChange));
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-    return 0;
+    wxCHECK_RET( m_caret, "no caret to move" );
+
+    m_caret->Move(x, y);
 }
 
 }
 
-long wxWindow::MSWOnQueryNewPalette()
+void wxWindowMSW::GetCaretPos(int *x, int *y) const
 {
 {
-    wxQueryNewPaletteEvent event(GetId());
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) || !event.GetPaletteRealized())
-    {
-        return (long) FALSE;
-    }
-    else
-        return (long) TRUE;
+    wxCHECK_RET( m_caret, "no caret to get position of" );
+
+    m_caret->GetPosition(x, y);
 }
 }
+#endif // wxUSE_CARET
 
 
-// Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children.
-void wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// popup menu
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+
+// yield for WM_COMMAND events only, i.e. process all WM_COMMANDs in the queue
+// immediately, without waiting for the next event loop iteration
+//
+// NB: this function should probably be made public later as it can almost
+//     surely replace wxYield() elsewhere as well
+static void wxYieldForCommandsOnly()
 {
 {
-    wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
-    while ( node )
+    // peek all WM_COMMANDs (it will always return WM_QUIT too but we don't
+    // want to process it here)
+    MSG msg;
+    while ( ::PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)0, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE)
+                && msg.message != WM_QUIT )
     {
     {
-        // Only propagate to non-top-level windows
-        wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-        if ( win->GetParent() )
-        {
-            wxSysColourChangedEvent event2;
-            event.m_eventObject = win;
-            win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event2);
-        }
-
-        node = node->Next();
+        wxTheApp->DoMessage((WXMSG *)&msg);
     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 
-long wxWindow::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y)
 {
 {
-    if ( m_oldWndProc )
-        return ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, (HWND) GetHWND(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam);
-    else
-        return ::DefWindowProc((HWND) GetHWND(), nMsg, wParam, lParam);
+    menu->SetInvokingWindow(this);
+    menu->UpdateUI();
+
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    HMENU hMenu = GetHmenuOf(menu);
+    POINT point;
+    point.x = x;
+    point.y = y;
+    ::ClientToScreen(hWnd, &point);
+    wxCurrentPopupMenu = menu;
+    ::TrackPopupMenu(hMenu, TPM_RIGHTBUTTON, point.x, point.y, 0, hWnd, NULL);
+
+    // we need to do it righ now as otherwise the events are never going to be
+    // sent to wxCurrentPopupMenu from HandleCommand()
+    //
+    // note that even eliminating (ugly) wxCurrentPopupMenu global wouldn't
+    // help and we'd still need wxYieldForCommandsOnly() as the menu may be
+    // destroyed as soon as we return (it can be a local variable in the caller
+    // for example) and so we do need to process the event immediately
+    wxYieldForCommandsOnly();
+
+    wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
+
+    menu->SetInvokingWindow(NULL);
+
+    return TRUE;
 }
 
 }
 
-long wxWindow::Default()
-{
-    // Ignore 'fake' events (perhaps generated as a result of a separate real event)
-    if (m_lastMsg == 0)
-        return 0;
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 
 
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, "Forwarding %s to DefWindowProc.",
-        wxGetMessageName(m_lastMsg));
-#endif // WXDEBUG
+// ===========================================================================
+// pre/post message processing
+// ===========================================================================
 
 
-    return this->MSWDefWindowProc(m_lastMsg, m_lastWParam, m_lastLParam);
+long wxWindowMSW::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+    if ( m_oldWndProc )
+        return ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, GetHwnd(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam);
+    else
+        return ::DefWindowProc(GetHwnd(), nMsg, wParam, lParam);
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
 {
 {
-    if ( m_hWnd != 0 && (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) ) {
+    // wxUniversal implements tab traversal itself
+#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+    if ( m_hWnd != 0 && (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) )
+    {
         // intercept dialog navigation keys
         MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg;
         // intercept dialog navigation keys
         MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg;
+
+        // here we try to do all the job which ::IsDialogMessage() usually does
+        // internally
+#if 1
         bool bProcess = TRUE;
         if ( msg->message != WM_KEYDOWN )
             bProcess = FALSE;
 
         bool bProcess = TRUE;
         if ( msg->message != WM_KEYDOWN )
             bProcess = FALSE;
 
-        if ( (HIWORD(msg->lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN )
+        if ( bProcess && (HIWORD(msg->lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN )
             bProcess = FALSE;
 
             bProcess = FALSE;
 
-        bool bCtrlDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x100) != 0;
+        if ( bProcess )
+        {
+            bool bCtrlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
+            bool bShiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();
+
+            // WM_GETDLGCODE: ask the control if it wants the key for itself,
+            // don't process it if it's the case (except for Ctrl-Tab/Enter
+            // combinations which are always processed)
+            LONG lDlgCode = 0;
+            if ( !bCtrlDown )
+            {
+                lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0);
+            }
 
 
-        // WM_GETDLGCODE: if the control wants it for itself, don't process it
-        // (except for Ctrl-Tab combination which is always processed)
-        LONG lDlgCode = 0;
-        if ( bProcess && !bCtrlDown ) {
-            lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0);
-        }
+            bool bForward = TRUE,
+                 bWindowChange = FALSE;
 
 
-        bool bForward;
-        if ( bProcess ) {
-            switch ( msg->wParam ) {
-            case VK_TAB:
-                if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB )  // this is FALSE for Ctrl-Tab
-                    bProcess = FALSE;
-                else
-                    bForward = !(::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) & 0x100);
-                break;
+            switch ( msg->wParam )
+            {
+                case VK_TAB:
+                    // assume that nobody wants Shift-TAB for himself - if we
+                    // don't do it there is no easy way for a control to grab
+                    // TABs but still let Shift-TAB work as navugation key
+                    if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB) && !bShiftDown ) {
+                        bProcess = FALSE;
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        // Ctrl-Tab cycles thru notebook pages
+                        bWindowChange = bCtrlDown;
+                        bForward = !bShiftDown;
+                    }
+                    break;
 
 
-            case VK_UP:
-            case VK_LEFT:
-                if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown )
-                    bProcess = FALSE;
-                else
-                    bForward = FALSE;
-                break;
+                case VK_UP:
+                case VK_LEFT:
+                    if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown )
+                        bProcess = FALSE;
+                    else
+                        bForward = FALSE;
+                    break;
+
+                case VK_DOWN:
+                case VK_RIGHT:
+                    if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown )
+                        bProcess = FALSE;
+                    break;
+
+                case VK_RETURN:
+                    {
+                        if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE) && !bCtrlDown )
+                        {
+                            // control wants to process Enter itself, don't
+                            // call IsDialogMessage() which would interpret
+                            // it
+                            return FALSE;
+                        }
+                        else if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_BUTTON )
+                        {
+                            // let IsDialogMessage() handle this for all
+                            // buttons except the owner-drawn ones which it
+                            // just seems to ignore
+                            long style = ::GetWindowLong(msg->hwnd, GWL_STYLE);
+                            if ( (style & BS_OWNERDRAW) == BS_OWNERDRAW )
+                            {
+                                // emulate the button click
+                                wxWindow *btn = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)msg->hwnd);
+                                if ( btn )
+                                    btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */);
+                            }
+
+                            bProcess = FALSE;
+                        }
+                        // FIXME: this should be handled by
+                        //        wxNavigationKeyEvent handler and not here!!
+                        else
+                        {
+#if wxUSE_BUTTON
+                            wxButton *btn = wxDynamicCast(GetDefaultItem(),
+                                                          wxButton);
+                            if ( btn && btn->IsEnabled() )
+                            {
+                                // if we do have a default button, do press it
+                                btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */);
+
+                                return TRUE;
+                            }
+                            else // no default button
+#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
+                            {
+                                // no special function for enter and don't even
+                                // let IsDialogMessage() have it: it seems to
+                                // do something really strange with it
+                                return FALSE;
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                    break;
 
 
-            case VK_DOWN:
-            case VK_RIGHT:
-                if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown )
+                default:
                     bProcess = FALSE;
                     bProcess = FALSE;
-                else
-                    bForward = TRUE;
-                break;
+            }
 
 
-            default:
-                bProcess = FALSE;
+            if ( bProcess )
+            {
+                wxNavigationKeyEvent event;
+                event.SetDirection(bForward);
+                event.SetWindowChange(bWindowChange);
+                event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+                if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
+                {
+                    return TRUE;
+                }
             }
         }
             }
         }
+#else // 0
+        // let ::IsDialogMessage() do almost everything and handle just the
+        // things it doesn't here: Ctrl-TAB for switching notebook pages
+        if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN )
+        {
+            // don't process system keys here
+            if ( !(HIWORD(msg->lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) )
+            {
+                if ( (msg->wParam == VK_TAB) && wxIsCtrlDown() )
+                {
+                    // find the first notebook parent and change its page
+                    wxWindow *win = this;
+                    wxNotebook *nbook = NULL;
+                    while ( win && !nbook )
+                    {
+                        nbook = wxDynamicCast(win, wxNotebook);
+                        win = win->GetParent();
+                    }
+
+                    if ( nbook )
+                    {
+                        bool forward = !wxIsShiftDown();
 
 
-        if ( bProcess ) {
-            wxNavigationKeyEvent event;
-            event.SetDirection(bForward);
-            event.SetWindowChange(bCtrlDown);
-            event.SetEventObject(this);
+                        nbook->AdvanceSelection(forward);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+#endif // 1/0
 
 
-            if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
-                return TRUE;
+        if ( ::IsDialogMessage(GetHwnd(), msg) )
+        {
+            // IsDialogMessage() did something...
+            return TRUE;
         }
         }
+    }
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
 
 
-        return ::IsDialogMessage((HWND)GetHWND(), msg) != 0;
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+    if ( m_tooltip )
+    {
+        // relay mouse move events to the tooltip control
+        MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg;
+        if ( msg->message == WM_MOUSEMOVE )
+            m_tooltip->RelayEvent(pMsg);
     }
     }
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
 
     return FALSE;
 }
 
 
     return FALSE;
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
 {
 {
-    if (m_acceleratorTable.Ok() &&
-        ::TranslateAccelerator((HWND) GetHWND(), (HACCEL) m_acceleratorTable.GetHACCEL(), (MSG *)pMsg))
-        return TRUE;
-    else
-        return FALSE;
+#if wxUSE_ACCEL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    return m_acceleratorTable.Translate(this, pMsg);
+#else
+    (void) pMsg;
+    return FALSE;
+#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* WXUNUSED(pMsg))
+{
+    // preprocess all messages by default
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// message params unpackers (different for Win16 and Win32)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+                             WORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WORD *cmd)
+{
+    *id = LOWORD(wParam);
+    *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam;
+    *cmd = HIWORD(wParam);
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackActivate(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+                              WXWORD *state, WXWORD *minimized, WXHWND *hwnd)
+{
+    *state = LOWORD(wParam);
+    *minimized = HIWORD(wParam);
+    *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam;
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+                            WXWORD *code, WXWORD *pos, WXHWND *hwnd)
+{
+    *code = LOWORD(wParam);
+    *pos = HIWORD(wParam);
+    *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam;
 }
 
 }
 
-long wxWindow::MSWOnMDIActivate(long WXUNUSED(flag), WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate), WXHWND WXUNUSED(deactivate))
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+                              WXWORD *nCtlColor, WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd)
 {
 {
-#if WXDEBUG > 1
-    wxDebugMsg("wxWindow::MSWOnMDIActivate %d\n", m_hWnd);
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+    *nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_BTN;
+    *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam;
+    *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam;
 #endif
 #endif
-    return 1;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::MSWDetachWindowMenu(void)
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+                                WXWORD *item, WXWORD *flags, WXHMENU *hmenu)
 {
 {
-    if (m_hMenu)
-    {
-        int N = GetMenuItemCount((HMENU) m_hMenu);
-        int i;
-        for (i = 0; i < N; i++)
-        {
-            char buf[100];
-            int chars = GetMenuString((HMENU) m_hMenu, i, buf, 100, MF_BYPOSITION);
-            if ((chars > 0) && (strcmp(buf, "&Window") == 0))
-            {
-                RemoveMenu((HMENU) m_hMenu, i, MF_BYPOSITION);
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-    }
+    *item = (WXWORD)wParam;
+    *flags = HIWORD(wParam);
+    *hmenu = (WXHMENU)lParam;
+}
+
+#else // Win16
+
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+                             WXWORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WXWORD *cmd)
+{
+    *id = (WXWORD)wParam;
+    *hwnd = (WXHWND)LOWORD(lParam);
+    *cmd = HIWORD(lParam);
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackActivate(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+                              WXWORD *state, WXWORD *minimized, WXHWND *hwnd)
+{
+    *state = (WXWORD)wParam;
+    *minimized = LOWORD(lParam);
+    *hwnd = (WXHWND)HIWORD(lParam);
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnPaint(void)
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+                            WXWORD *code, WXWORD *pos, WXHWND *hwnd)
 {
 {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-    HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle
-    ::GetUpdateRgn((HWND) GetHWND(), hRegion, FALSE);
-
-    m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion);
-#else
-    RECT updateRect;
-    ::GetUpdateRect((HWND) GetHWND(), & updateRect, FALSE);
-
-    m_updateRegion = wxRegion(updateRect.left, updateRect.top,
-        updateRect.right - updateRect.left, updateRect.bottom - updateRect.top);
-#endif
+    *code = (WXWORD)wParam;
+    *pos = LOWORD(lParam);
+    *hwnd = (WXHWND)HIWORD(lParam);
+}
 
 
-    wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId);
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-    return TRUE;
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+                              WXWORD *nCtlColor, WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd)
+{
+    *hwnd = (WXHWND)LOWORD(lParam);
+    *nCtlColor = (int)HIWORD(lParam);
+    *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnSize(int w, int h, WXUINT WXUNUSED(flag))
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+                                WXWORD *item, WXWORD *flags, WXHMENU *hmenu)
 {
 {
-    if (m_inOnSize)
-        return;
+    *item = (WXWORD)wParam;
+    *flags = LOWORD(lParam);
+    *hmenu = (WXHMENU)HIWORD(lParam);
+}
 
 
-#if WXDEBUG > 1
-    wxDebugMsg("wxWindow::MSWOnSize %d\n", m_hWnd);
-#endif
-    if (!m_hWnd)
-        return;
+#endif // Win32/16
 
 
-    m_inOnSize = TRUE;
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Main wxWindows window proc and the window proc for wxWindow
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
-    wxSizeEvent event(wxSize(w, h), m_windowId);
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
+// Hook for new window just as it's being created, when the window isn't yet
+// associated with the handle
+static wxWindowMSW *gs_winBeingCreated = NULL;
 
 
-    m_inOnSize = FALSE;
+// implementation of wxWindowCreationHook class: it just sets gs_winBeingCreated to the
+// window being created and insures that it's always unset back later
+wxWindowCreationHook::wxWindowCreationHook(wxWindowMSW *winBeingCreated)
+{
+    gs_winBeingCreated = winBeingCreated;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnWindowPosChanging(void *WXUNUSED(lpPos))
+wxWindowCreationHook::~wxWindowCreationHook()
 {
 {
-    Default();
+    gs_winBeingCreated = NULL;
 }
 
 }
 
-// Deal with child commands from buttons etc.
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control)
+// Main window proc
+LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
 {
 {
-#if WXDEBUG > 1
-    wxDebugMsg("wxWindow::MSWOnCommand\n");
-#endif
-    if (wxCurrentPopupMenu)
-    {
-        wxMenu *popupMenu = wxCurrentPopupMenu;
-        wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
-        bool succ = popupMenu->MSWCommand(cmd, id);
-        return succ;
-    }
-#if WXDEBUG > 1
-    char buf[80];
-    sprintf(buf, "Looking for item %d...\n", id);
-    wxDebugMsg(buf);
-#endif
+    // trace all messages - useful for the debugging
+#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
+    wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, wxT("Processing %s(wParam=%8lx, lParam=%8lx)"),
+               wxGetMessageName(message), wParam, lParam);
+#endif // __WXDEBUG__
 
 
-    wxWindow *item = FindItem(id);
-    if (item)
+    wxWindowMSW *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
+
+    // when we get the first message for the HWND we just created, we associate
+    // it with wxWindow stored in gs_winBeingCreated
+    if ( !wnd && gs_winBeingCreated )
     {
     {
-        bool value = item->MSWCommand(cmd, id);
-#if WXDEBUG > 1
-        if (value)
-            wxDebugMsg("MSWCommand succeeded\n");
-        else
-            wxDebugMsg("MSWCommand failed\n");
-#endif
-        return value;
+        wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hWnd, gs_winBeingCreated);
+        wnd = gs_winBeingCreated;
+        gs_winBeingCreated = NULL;
+        wnd->SetHWND((WXHWND)hWnd);
     }
     }
+
+    LRESULT rc;
+
+    if ( wnd )
+        rc = wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
     else
     else
-    {
-        wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
-        if (win)
-            return win->MSWCommand(cmd, id);
-    }
-    return FALSE;
+        rc = ::DefWindowProc(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
+
+    return rc;
 }
 
 }
 
-long wxWindow::MSWOnSysCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
 {
-    switch (wParam)
+    // did we process the message?
+    bool processed = FALSE;
+
+    // the return value
+    union
     {
     {
-    case SC_MAXIMIZE:
-        {
-            wxMaximizeEvent event(m_windowId);
-            event.SetEventObject(this);
-            if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-                return Default();
-            else
-                return 0;
+        bool        allow;
+        long        result;
+        WXHICON     hIcon;
+        WXHBRUSH    hBrush;
+    } rc;
+
+    // for most messages we should return 0 when we do process the message
+    rc.result = 0;
+
+    switch ( message )
+    {
+        case WM_CREATE:
+            {
+                bool mayCreate;
+                processed = HandleCreate((WXLPCREATESTRUCT)lParam, &mayCreate);
+                if ( processed )
+                {
+                    // return 0 to allow window creation
+                    rc.result = mayCreate ? 0 : -1;
+                }
+            }
             break;
             break;
-        }
-    case SC_MINIMIZE:
-        {
-            wxIconizeEvent event(m_windowId);
-            event.SetEventObject(this);
-            if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-                return Default();
-            else
-                return 0;
+
+        case WM_DESTROY:
+            // never set processed to TRUE and *always* pass WM_DESTROY to
+            // DefWindowProc() as Windows may do some internal cleanup when
+            // processing it and failing to pass the message along may cause
+            // memory and resource leaks!
+            (void)HandleDestroy();
             break;
             break;
-        }
-    default:
-        return Default();
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
 
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnLButtonDown(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN);
+        case WM_MOVE:
+            processed = HandleMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
+            break;
 
 
-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+        case WM_SIZE:
+            switch ( wParam )
+            {
+                case SIZE_MAXHIDE:
+                case SIZE_MAXSHOW:
+                    // we're not interested in these messages at all
+                    break;
 
 
-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVENT_TYPE_LEFT_DOWN;
+                case SIZE_MINIMIZED:
+                    // we shouldn't send sizev events for these messages as the
+                    // client size may be negative which breaks existing code
+                    //
+                    // OTOH we might send another (wxMinimizedEvent?) one or
+                    // add an additional parameter to wxSizeEvent if this is
+                    // useful to anybody
+                    break;
 
 
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-}
+                default:
+                    wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unexpected WM_SIZE parameter") );
+                    // fall through nevertheless
 
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnLButtonUp(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEFT_UP);
+                case SIZE_MAXIMIZED:
+                case SIZE_RESTORED:
+                    processed = HandleSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam),
+                                           wParam);
+            }
+            break;
 
 
-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+        case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
+            wxTheApp->SetActive(wParam != 0, FindFocus());
+            break;
+#endif
 
 
-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_LEFT_UP;
+        case WM_ACTIVATE:
+            {
+                WXWORD state, minimized;
+                WXHWND hwnd;
+                UnpackActivate(wParam, lParam, &state, &minimized, &hwnd);
 
 
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-}
+                processed = HandleActivate(state, minimized != 0, (WXHWND)hwnd);
+            }
+            break;
 
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnLButtonDClick(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK);
+        case WM_SETFOCUS:
+            processed = HandleSetFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
+            break;
 
 
-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+        case WM_KILLFOCUS:
+            processed = HandleKillFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
+            break;
 
 
-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK;
+        case WM_PAINT:
+            processed = HandlePaint();
+            break;
 
 
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-}
+        case WM_CLOSE:
+            // don't let the DefWindowProc() destroy our window - we'll do it
+            // ourselves in ~wxWindow
+            processed = TRUE;
+            rc.result = TRUE;
+            break;
 
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnMButtonDown(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN);
+        case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
+            processed = HandleShow(wParam != 0, (int)lParam);
+            break;
 
 
-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+        case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+            processed = HandleMouseMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
+                                        GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam),
+                                        wParam);
+            break;
 
 
-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN;
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
+        case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
+            processed = HandleMouseWheel(wParam, lParam);
+            break;
+#endif
 
 
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-}
+        case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+        case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+        case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
+        case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
+        case WM_RBUTTONUP:
+        case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:
+        case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
+        case WM_MBUTTONUP:
+        case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:
+         {
+                processed = FALSE;
+#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
+                // MicroWindows seems to ignore the fact that a window is
+                // disabled. So catch mouse events and throw them away if
+                // necessary.
+                wxWindowMSW* win = this;
+                while (win)
+                {
+                    if (!win->IsEnabled())
+                    {
+                        processed = TRUE;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    win = win->GetParent();
+                    if (win && win->IsTopLevel())
+                        break;
+                }
+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__
+                if (!processed)
+                {
+                    if (message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && AcceptsFocus())
+                        SetFocus();
+                     processed = HandleMouseEvent(message,
+                                         GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
+                                         GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam),
+                                                  wParam);
+                }
+                break;
+         }
+
+#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
+        case WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN:
+        case WM_NCLBUTTONUP:
+        case WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK:
+        case WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN:
+        case WM_NCRBUTTONUP:
+        case WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK:
+#if 0
+        case WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN:
+        case WM_NCMBUTTONUP:
+        case WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK:
+#endif
+            {
+                // MicroWindows seems to ignore the fact that a window
+                // is disabled. So catch mouse events and throw them away if necessary.
+                processed = FALSE;
+                wxWindowMSW* win = this;
+                while (win)
+                {
+                    if (!win->IsEnabled())
+                    {
+                        processed = TRUE;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    win = win->GetParent();
+                    if (win && win->IsTopLevel())
+                        break;
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__
+
+#ifdef MM_JOY1MOVE
+        case MM_JOY1MOVE:
+        case MM_JOY2MOVE:
+        case MM_JOY1ZMOVE:
+        case MM_JOY2ZMOVE:
+        case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN:
+        case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN:
+        case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP:
+        case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP:
+            processed = HandleJoystickEvent(message,
+                                            GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
+                                            GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam),
+                                            wParam);
+            break;
+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__
 
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnMButtonUp(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    //wxDebugMsg("MButtonUp\n") ;
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP);
+        case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
+            processed = HandleSysCommand(wParam, lParam);
+            break;
 
 
-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+        case WM_COMMAND:
+            {
+                WORD id, cmd;
+                WXHWND hwnd;
+                UnpackCommand(wParam, lParam, &id, &hwnd, &cmd);
 
 
-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP;
+                processed = HandleCommand(id, cmd, hwnd);
+            }
+            break;
 
 
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-}
+#ifdef __WIN95__
+        case WM_NOTIFY:
+            processed = HandleNotify((int)wParam, lParam, &rc.result);
+            break;
+#endif  // Win95
 
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnMButtonDClick(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK);
+            // for these messages we must return TRUE if process the message
+#ifdef WM_DRAWITEM
+        case WM_DRAWITEM:
+        case WM_MEASUREITEM:
+            {
+                int idCtrl = (UINT)wParam;
+                if ( message == WM_DRAWITEM )
+                {
+                    processed = MSWOnDrawItem(idCtrl,
+                                              (WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *)lParam);
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    processed = MSWOnMeasureItem(idCtrl,
+                                                 (WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)lParam);
+                }
 
 
-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+                if ( processed )
+                    rc.result = TRUE;
+            }
+            break;
+#endif // defined(WM_DRAWITEM)
 
 
-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK;
+        case WM_GETDLGCODE:
+            if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxWANTS_CHARS )
+            {
+                // want everything: i.e. all keys and WM_CHAR message
+                rc.result = DLGC_WANTARROWS | DLGC_WANTCHARS |
+                            DLGC_WANTTAB | DLGC_WANTMESSAGE;
+                processed = TRUE;
+            }
+            //else: get the dlg code from the DefWindowProc()
+            break;
 
 
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-}
+        case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
+        case WM_KEYDOWN:
+            // If this has been processed by an event handler,
+            // return 0 now (we've handled it).
+            if ( HandleKeyDown((WORD) wParam, lParam) )
+            {
+                processed = TRUE;
 
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnRButtonDown(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN);
+                break;
+            }
 
 
-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+            // we consider these message "not interesting" to OnChar
+            if ( wParam == VK_SHIFT || wParam == VK_CONTROL )
+            {
+                processed = TRUE;
 
 
-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN;
+                break;
+            }
 
 
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-}
+            switch ( wParam )
+            {
+                // avoid duplicate messages to OnChar for these ASCII keys: they
+                // will be translated by TranslateMessage() and received in WM_CHAR
+                case VK_ESCAPE:
+                case VK_SPACE:
+                case VK_RETURN:
+                case VK_BACK:
+                case VK_TAB:
+                case VK_ADD:
+                case VK_SUBTRACT:
+                    // but set processed to FALSE, not TRUE to still pass them to
+                    // the control's default window proc - otherwise built-in
+                    // keyboard handling won't work
+                    processed = FALSE;
 
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnRButtonUp(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_RIGHT_UP);
+                    break;
 
 
-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
+#ifdef VK_APPS
+                // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse
+                // click because both usually pop up a context menu
+                case VK_APPS:
+                    {
+                        WPARAM flags;
+                        int x, y;
 
 
-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_RIGHT_UP;
+                        TranslateKbdEventToMouse(this, &x, &y, &flags);
+                        processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONDOWN, x, y, flags);
+                    }
+                    break;
+#endif // VK_APPS
+
+                case VK_LEFT:
+                case VK_RIGHT:
+                case VK_DOWN:
+                case VK_UP:
+                default:
+                    processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam);
+            }
+            break;
 
 
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-}
+        case WM_SYSKEYUP:
+        case WM_KEYUP:
+#ifdef VK_APPS
+            // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse button
+            if ( wParam == VK_APPS )
+            {
+                WPARAM flags;
+                int x, y;
 
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnRButtonDClick(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK);
+                TranslateKbdEventToMouse(this, &x, &y, &flags);
+                processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONUP, x, y, flags);
+            }
+            else
+#endif // VK_APPS
+            {
+                processed = HandleKeyUp((WORD) wParam, lParam);
+            }
+            break;
 
 
-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+        case WM_SYSCHAR:
+        case WM_CHAR: // Always an ASCII character
+            processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam, TRUE);
+            break;
 
 
-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK;
+        case WM_HSCROLL:
+        case WM_VSCROLL:
+            {
+                WXWORD code, pos;
+                WXHWND hwnd;
+                UnpackScroll(wParam, lParam, &code, &pos, &hwnd);
 
 
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-}
+                processed = MSWOnScroll(message == WM_HSCROLL ? wxHORIZONTAL
+                                                              : wxVERTICAL,
+                                        code, pos, hwnd);
+            }
+            break;
 
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    // 'normal' move event...
-    // Set cursor, but only if we're not in 'busy' mode
+        // CTLCOLOR messages are sent by children to query the parent for their
+        // colors#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+        case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX:
+        case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT:
+        case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX:
+        case WM_CTLCOLORBTN:
+        case WM_CTLCOLORDLG:
+        case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR:
+        case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC:
+#else // Win16
+        case WM_CTLCOLOR:
+#endif // Win32/16
+            {
+                WXWORD nCtlColor;
+                WXHDC hdc;
+                WXHWND hwnd;
+                UnpackCtlColor(wParam, lParam, &nCtlColor, &hdc, &hwnd);
+
+                processed = HandleCtlColor(&rc.hBrush,
+                                           (WXHDC)hdc,
+                                           (WXHWND)hwnd,
+                                           nCtlColor,
+                                           message,
+                                           wParam,
+                                           lParam);
+            }
+            break;
+#endif // !__WXMICROWIN__
 
 
-    // Trouble with this is that it sets the cursor for controls too :-(
-    if (m_windowCursor.Ok() && !wxIsBusy())
-        ::SetCursor((HCURSOR) m_windowCursor.GetHCURSOR());
+        case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
+            // the return value for this message is ignored
+            processed = HandleSysColorChange();
+            break;
 
 
-    if (!m_mouseInWindow)
-    {
-        // Generate an ENTER event
-        m_mouseInWindow = TRUE;
-        MSWOnMouseEnter(x, y, flags);
-    }
+        case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
+            processed = HandleDisplayChange();
+            break;
 
 
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOTION);
+        case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
+            processed = HandlePaletteChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) wParam);
+            break;
 
 
-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+        case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
+            processed = HandleQueryNewPalette();
+            break;
 
 
-    // Window gets a click down message followed by a mouse move
-    // message even if position isn't changed!  We want to discard
-    // the trailing move event if x and y are the same.
-    if ((m_lastEvent == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN || m_lastEvent == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN ||
-        m_lastEvent == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN) &&
-        (m_lastXPos == event.m_x && m_lastYPos == event.m_y))
-    {
-        m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y;
-        m_lastEvent = wxEVT_MOTION;
-        return;
-    }
+        case WM_ERASEBKGND:
+            processed = HandleEraseBkgnd((WXHDC)(HDC)wParam);
+            if ( processed )
+            {
+                // we processed the message, i.e. erased the background
+                rc.result = TRUE;
+            }
+            break;
 
 
-    m_lastEvent = wxEVT_MOTION;
-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y;
+        case WM_DROPFILES:
+            processed = HandleDropFiles(wParam);
+            break;
 
 
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
-}
+        case WM_INITDIALOG:
+            processed = HandleInitDialog((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
 
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnMouseEnter(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW);
+            if ( processed )
+            {
+                // we never set focus from here
+                rc.result = FALSE;
+            }
+            break;
 
 
-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+        case WM_QUERYENDSESSION:
+            processed = HandleQueryEndSession(lParam, &rc.allow);
+            break;
 
 
-    m_lastEvent = wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW;
-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y;
-    // No message - ensure we don't try to call the default behaviour accidentally.
-    m_lastMsg = 0;
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-}
+        case WM_ENDSESSION:
+            processed = HandleEndSession(wParam != 0, lParam);
+            break;
 
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnMouseLeave(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW);
+        case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
+            processed = HandleGetMinMaxInfo((MINMAXINFO*)lParam);
+            break;
 
 
-    event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
-    event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
-    event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
-    event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
-    event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+        case WM_SETCURSOR:
+            processed = HandleSetCursor((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam,
+                                        LOWORD(lParam),     // hit test
+                                        HIWORD(lParam));    // mouse msg
 
 
-    m_lastEvent = wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW;
-    m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y;
-    // No message - ensure we don't try to call the default behaviour accidentally.
-    m_lastMsg = 0;
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-}
+            if ( processed )
+            {
+                // returning TRUE stops the DefWindowProc() from further
+                // processing this message - exactly what we need because we've
+                // just set the cursor.
+                rc.result = TRUE;
+            }
+            break;
 
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnChar(WXWORD wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII)
-{
-    int id;
-    bool tempControlDown = FALSE;
-    if (isASCII)
-    {
-        // If 1 -> 26, translate to CTRL plus a letter.
-        id = wParam;
-        if ((id > 0) && (id < 27))
-        {
-            switch (id)
+#if defined(__WIN32__) && defined(WM_HELP)
+        case WM_HELP:
             {
             {
-            case 13:
-                {
-                    id = WXK_RETURN;
-                    break;
-                }
-            case 8:
-                {
-                    id = WXK_BACK;
-                    break;
-                }
-            case 9:
+                HELPINFO* info = (HELPINFO*) lParam;
+                // Don't yet process menu help events, just windows
+                if (info->iContextType == HELPINFO_WINDOW)
                 {
                 {
-                    id = WXK_TAB;
-                    break;
+                    wxWindowMSW* subjectOfHelp = this;
+                    bool eventProcessed = FALSE;
+                    while (subjectOfHelp && !eventProcessed)
+                    {
+                        wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP,
+                                              subjectOfHelp->GetId(),
+                                              wxPoint(info->MousePos.x,
+                                              info->MousePos.y) );
+                        helpEvent.SetEventObject(this);
+                        eventProcessed =
+                            GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent);
+
+                        // Go up the window hierarchy until the event is
+                        // handled (or not)
+                        subjectOfHelp = subjectOfHelp->GetParent();
+                    }
+
+                    processed = eventProcessed;
                 }
                 }
-            default:
+                else if (info->iContextType == HELPINFO_MENUITEM)
                 {
                 {
-                    tempControlDown = TRUE;
-                    id = id + 96;
+                    wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP, info->iCtrlId);
+                    helpEvent.SetEventObject(this);
+                    processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent);
+
                 }
                 }
+                //else: processed is already FALSE
             }
             }
-        }
-    }
-    else if ((id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam)) == 0) {
-        // it's ASCII and will be processed here only when called from
-        // WM_CHAR (i.e. when isASCII = TRUE)
-        id = -1;
-    }
-
-    if (id != -1)
-    {
-        wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR);
-        event.m_shiftDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
-        event.m_controlDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
-        if ((HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN)
-            event.m_altDown = TRUE;
-
-        event.m_eventObject = this;
-        event.m_keyCode = id;
-        event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
-
-        POINT pt ;
-        GetCursorPos(&pt) ;
-        RECT rect ;
-        GetWindowRect((HWND) GetHWND(),&rect) ;
-        pt.x -= rect.left ;
-        pt.y -= rect.top ;
+            break;
 
 
-        event.m_x = pt.x; event.m_y = pt.y;
+        case WM_CONTEXTMENU:
+            {
+                // we don't convert from screen to client coordinates as
+                // the event may be handled by a parent window
+                wxPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
 
 
-        if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-            Default();
+                wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt);
+                processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evtCtx);
+            }
+            break;
+#endif // __WIN32__
     }
     }
-}
-
-void wxWindow::MSWOnJoyDown(int joystick, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    int buttons = 0;
-    int change = 0;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1CHG)
-        change = wxJOY_BUTTON1;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2CHG)
-        change = wxJOY_BUTTON2;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3CHG)
-        change = wxJOY_BUTTON3;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4CHG)
-        change = wxJOY_BUTTON4;
-
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4;
 
 
-    wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN, buttons, joystick, change);
-    event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y));
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
+    if ( !processed )
+    {
+#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
+        wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, wxT("Forwarding %s to DefWindowProc."),
+                   wxGetMessageName(message));
+#endif // __WXDEBUG__
+        rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
+    }
 
 
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return rc.result;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnJoyUp(int joystick, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
-    int buttons = 0;
-    int change = 0;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1CHG)
-        change = wxJOY_BUTTON1;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2CHG)
-        change = wxJOY_BUTTON2;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3CHG)
-        change = wxJOY_BUTTON3;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4CHG)
-        change = wxJOY_BUTTON4;
-
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4;
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxWindow <-> HWND map
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
-    wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP, buttons, joystick, change);
-    event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y));
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
+wxWinHashTable *wxWinHandleHash = NULL;
 
 
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd)
+{
+    return wxWinHandleHash->Get((long)hWnd);
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnJoyMove(int joystick, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win)
 {
 {
-    int buttons = 0;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4;
-
-    wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_MOVE, buttons, joystick, 0);
-    event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y));
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
+    // adding NULL hWnd is (first) surely a result of an error and
+    // (secondly) breaks menu command processing
+    wxCHECK_RET( hWnd != (HWND)NULL,
+                 wxT("attempt to add a NULL hWnd to window list ignored") );
 
 
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    wxWindow *oldWin = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
+#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
+    if ( oldWin && (oldWin != win) )
+    {
+        wxLogDebug(wxT("HWND %X already associated with another window (%s)"),
+                   hWnd, win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName());
+    }
+    else
+#endif // __WXDEBUG__
+    if (!oldWin)
+    {
+        wxWinHandleHash->Put((long)hWnd, (wxWindow *)win);
+    }
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnJoyZMove(int joystick, int z, WXUINT flags)
+void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win)
 {
 {
-    int buttons = 0;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3;
-    if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4)
-        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4;
+    wxWinHandleHash->Delete((long)win->GetHWND());
+}
 
 
-    wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE, buttons, joystick, 0);
-    event.SetZPosition(z);
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// various MSW speciic class dependent functions
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+// Default destroyer - override if you destroy it in some other way
+// (e.g. with MDI child windows)
+void wxWindowMSW::MSWDestroyWindow()
+{
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnVScroll(WXWORD wParam, WXWORD pos, WXHWND control)
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos,
+                                           const wxSize& size,
+                                           int& x, int& y,
+                                           int& w, int& h) const
 {
 {
-    if (control)
+    bool nonDefault = FALSE;
+
+    if ( pos.x == -1 )
     {
     {
-        wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
-        if ( child )
-            child->MSWOnVScroll(wParam, pos, control);
-        return;
+        // if set x to CW_USEDEFAULT, y parameter is ignored anyhow so we can
+        // just as well set it to CW_USEDEFAULT as well
+        x =
+        y = CW_USEDEFAULT;
     }
     }
+    else
+    {
+        x = pos.x;
+        y = pos.y == -1 ? CW_USEDEFAULT : pos.y;
 
 
-    wxScrollEvent event;
-    event.SetPosition(pos);
-    event.SetOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+        nonDefault = TRUE;
+    }
 
 
-    switch ( wParam )
+    /*
+      NB: there used to be some code here which set the initial size of the
+          window to the client size of the parent if no explicit size was
+          specified. This was wrong because wxWindows programs often assume
+          that they get a WM_SIZE (EVT_SIZE) upon creation, however this broke
+          it. To see why, you should understand that Windows sends WM_SIZE from
+          inside ::CreateWindow() anyhow. However, ::CreateWindow() is called
+          from some base class ctor and so this WM_SIZE is not processed in the
+          real class' OnSize() (because it's not fully constructed yet and the
+          event goes to some base class OnSize() instead). So the WM_SIZE we
+          rely on is the one sent when the parent frame resizes its children
+          but here is the problem: if the child already has just the right
+          size, nothing will happen as both wxWindows and Windows check for
+          this and ignore any attempts to change the window size to the size it
+          already has - so no WM_SIZE would be sent.
+     */
+    if ( size.x == -1 )
     {
     {
-    case SB_TOP:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP;
-        break;
+        // as abobe, h is not used at all in this case anyhow
+        w =
+        h = CW_USEDEFAULT;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        w = size.x;
+        h = size.y == -1 ? CW_USEDEFAULT : size.y;
 
 
-    case SB_BOTTOM:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM;
-        break;
+        nonDefault = TRUE;
+    }
 
 
-    case SB_LINEUP:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP;
-        break;
+    return nonDefault;
+}
 
 
-    case SB_LINEDOWN:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN;
-        break;
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass,
+                            const wxChar *title,
+                            const wxPoint& pos,
+                            const wxSize& size,
+                            WXDWORD style,
+                            WXDWORD extendedStyle)
+{
+    // choose the position/size for the new window
+    int x, y, w, h;
+    (void)MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(pos, size, x, y, w, h);
 
 
-    case SB_PAGEUP:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP;
-        break;
+    // find the correct parent HWND
+    wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
+    bool isChild = (style & WS_CHILD) != 0;
+    HWND hParent;
+    if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxPOPUP_WINDOW )
+    {
+        // popup windows should have desktop as parent because they shouldn't
+        // be limited to the parents client area as child windows usually are
+        hParent = ::GetDesktopWindow();
+    }
+    else // !popup
+    {
+        if ( (isChild || HasFlag(wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW)) && parent )
+        {
+            // this is either a normal child window or a top level window with
+            // wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW style (see below)
+            hParent = GetHwndOf(parent);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // this is either a window for which no parent was specified (not
+            // much we can do then) or a frame without wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW
+            // style: we should use NULL parent HWND for it or it would be
+            // always on top of its parent which is not what we usually want
+            // (in fact, we only want it for frames with the special
+            // wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW as above)
+            hParent = NULL;
+        }
 
 
-    case SB_PAGEDOWN:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN;
-        break;
+    }
 
 
-    case SB_THUMBTRACK:
-    case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK;
-        break;
+    // controlId is menu handle for the top level windows, so set it to 0
+    // unless we're creating a child window
+    int controlId;
+    if ( isChild )
+    {
+        controlId = GetId();
 
 
-    default:
-        return;
-        break;
+        if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxCLIP_SIBLINGS )
+        {
+            style |= WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
+        }
+    }
+    else // !child
+    {
+        controlId = 0;
+    }
+
+    // for each class "Foo" we have we also have "FooNR" ("no repaint") class
+    // which is the same but without CS_[HV]REDRAW class styles so using it
+    // ensures that the window is not fully repainted on each resize
+    wxString className(wclass);
+    if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxNO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
+    {
+        className += wxT("NR");
+    }
+
+    // do create the window
+    wxWindowCreationHook hook(this);
+
+    m_hWnd = (WXHWND)::CreateWindowEx
+             (
+                extendedStyle,
+                className,
+                title ? title : wxT(""),
+                style,
+                x, y, w, h,
+                hParent,
+                (HMENU)controlId,
+                wxGetInstance(),
+                NULL                        // no extra data
+             );
+
+    if ( !m_hWnd )
+    {
+        wxLogSysError(_("Can't create window of class %s"), wclass);
+
+        return FALSE;
     }
 
     }
 
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-        Default();
+    SubclassWin(m_hWnd);
+
+    SetFont(wxSystemSettings::GetFont(wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT));
+
+    return TRUE;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnHScroll( WXWORD wParam, WXWORD pos, WXHWND control)
+// ===========================================================================
+// MSW message handlers
+// ===========================================================================
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// WM_NOTIFY
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef __WIN95__
+// FIXME: VZ: I'm not sure at all that the order of processing is correct
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result)
 {
 {
-    if (control)
-    {
-        wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
-        if ( child ) {
-            child->MSWOnHScroll(wParam, pos, control);
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+    LPNMHDR hdr = (LPNMHDR)lParam;
+    HWND hWnd = hdr->hwndFrom;
+    wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hWnd);
 
 
-            return;
-        }
+    // is this one of our windows?
+    if ( win )
+    {
+        return win->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result);
     }
     }
-    else {
-        wxScrollEvent event;
-        event.SetPosition(pos);
-        event.SetOrientation(wxHORIZONTAL);
-        event.m_eventObject = this;
 
 
-        switch ( wParam )
+    // try all our children
+    wxWindowList::Node *node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    while ( node )
+    {
+        wxWindow *child = node->GetData();
+        if ( child->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result) )
         {
         {
-        case SB_TOP:
-            event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP;
-            break;
+            return TRUE;
+        }
 
 
-        case SB_BOTTOM:
-            event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM;
-            break;
+        node = node->GetNext();
+    }
 
 
-        case SB_LINEUP:
-            event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP;
-            break;
+    // finally try this window too (catches toolbar case)
+    return MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result);
+#else // __WXMICROWIN__
+    return FALSE;
+#endif
+}
 
 
-        case SB_LINEDOWN:
-            event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN;
-            break;
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl),
+                           WXLPARAM lParam,
+                           WXLPARAM* WXUNUSED(result))
+{
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+    NMHDR* hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam;
+    if ( (int)hdr->code == TTN_NEEDTEXT && m_tooltip )
+    {
+        TOOLTIPTEXT *ttt = (TOOLTIPTEXT *)lParam;
+        ttt->lpszText = (wxChar *)m_tooltip->GetTip().c_str();
 
 
-        case SB_PAGEUP:
-            event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP;
-            break;
+        // processed
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
 
 
-        case SB_PAGEDOWN:
-            event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN;
-            break;
+    return FALSE;
+}
+#endif // __WIN95__
 
 
-        case SB_THUMBTRACK:
-        case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
-            event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK;
-            break;
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// end session messages
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
-        default:
-            return;
-        }
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd)
+{
+    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, -1);
+    event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
+    event.SetCanVeto(TRUE);
+    event.SetLoggingOff(logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF);
 
 
-        if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
-            return;
+    bool rc = wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event);
+
+    if ( rc )
+    {
+        // we may end only if the app didn't veto session closing (double
+        // negation...)
+        *mayEnd = !event.GetVeto();
     }
 
     }
 
-    // call the default WM_HSCROLL handler: it's non trivial in some common
-    // controls (up-down control for example)
-    Default();
+    return rc;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::MSWOnShow(bool show, int status)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff)
 {
 {
-    wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    // do nothing if the session isn't ending
+    if ( !endSession )
+        return FALSE;
+
+    // only send once
+    if ( (this != wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) )
+        return FALSE;
+
+    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, -1);
+    event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
+    event.SetCanVeto(FALSE);
+    event.SetLoggingOff( (logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) );
+
+    return wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus))
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// window creation/destruction
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT WXUNUSED(cs), bool *mayCreate)
 {
 {
-    wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId());
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    // TODO: should generate this event from WM_NCCREATE
+    wxWindowCreateEvent event((wxWindow *)this);
+    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+
+    *mayCreate = TRUE;
+
     return TRUE;
 }
 
     return TRUE;
 }
 
-void wxWindow::InitDialog(void)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDestroy()
 {
 {
-    wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId());
-    event.SetEventObject( this );
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    wxWindowDestroyEvent event((wxWindow *)this);
+    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+
+    // delete our drop target if we've got one
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+    if ( m_dropTarget != NULL )
+    {
+        m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd);
+
+        delete m_dropTarget;
+        m_dropTarget = NULL;
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+
+    // WM_DESTROY handled
+    return TRUE;
 }
 
 }
 
-// Default init dialog behaviour is to transfer data to window
-void wxWindow::OnInitDialog(wxInitDialogEvent& event)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// activation/focus
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleActivate(int state,
+                              bool WXUNUSED(minimized),
+                              WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate))
 {
 {
-    TransferDataToWindow();
+    wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE,
+                          (state == WA_ACTIVE) || (state == WA_CLICKACTIVE),
+                          m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y,wxFont *the_font)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
 {
 {
-    TEXTMETRIC tm;
-    HDC dc = ::GetDC((HWND) wnd);
-    HFONT fnt =0;
-    HFONT was = 0;
-    if (the_font)
+    // notify the parent keeping track of focus for the kbd navigation
+    // purposes that we got it
+    wxChildFocusEvent eventFocus((wxWindow *)this);
+    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventFocus);
+
+#if wxUSE_CARET
+    // Deal with caret
+    if ( m_caret )
     {
     {
-#if WXDEBUG > 1
-        wxDebugMsg("wxGetCharSize: Selecting HFONT %X\n", fnt);
-#endif
-        //    the_font->UseResource();
-        //    the_font->RealizeResource();
-        if ((fnt=(HFONT) the_font->GetResourceHandle()))
-            was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt) ;
+        m_caret->OnSetFocus();
     }
     }
-    GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm);
-    if (the_font && fnt && was)
+#endif // wxUSE_CARET
+
+#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
+    // If it's a wxTextCtrl don't send the event as it will be done
+    // after the control gets to process it from EN_FOCUS handler
+    if ( wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl) )
     {
     {
-#if WXDEBUG > 1
-        wxDebugMsg("wxGetCharSize: Selecting old HFONT %X\n", was);
-#endif
-        SelectObject(dc,was) ;
+        return FALSE;
     }
     }
-    ReleaseDC((HWND)wnd, dc);
-    *x = tm.tmAveCharWidth;
-    *y = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmExternalLeading;
+#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 
 
-    //  if (the_font)
-    //    the_font->ReleaseResource();
+    wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok
+    event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd));
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 }
 
-// Returns 0 if was a normal ASCII value, not a special key. This indicates that
-// the key should be ignored by WM_KEYDOWN and processed by WM_CHAR instead.
-int wxCharCodeMSWToWX(int keySym)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
 {
 {
-    int id = 0;
-    switch (keySym)
+#if wxUSE_CARET
+    // Deal with caret
+    if ( m_caret )
     {
     {
-    case VK_CANCEL:     id = WXK_CANCEL; break;
-    case VK_BACK:       id = WXK_BACK; break;
-    case VK_TAB:        id = WXK_TAB; break;
-    case VK_CLEAR:      id = WXK_CLEAR; break;
-    case VK_RETURN:     id = WXK_RETURN; break;
-    case VK_SHIFT:      id = WXK_SHIFT; break;
-    case VK_CONTROL:    id = WXK_CONTROL; break;
-    case VK_MENU :      id = WXK_MENU; break;
-    case VK_PAUSE:      id = WXK_PAUSE; break;
-    case VK_SPACE:      id = WXK_SPACE; break;
-    case VK_ESCAPE:     id = WXK_ESCAPE; break;
-    case VK_PRIOR:      id = WXK_PRIOR; break;
-    case VK_NEXT :      id = WXK_NEXT; break;
-    case VK_END:        id = WXK_END; break;
-    case VK_HOME :      id = WXK_HOME; break;
-    case VK_LEFT :      id = WXK_LEFT; break;
-    case VK_UP:         id = WXK_UP; break;
-    case VK_RIGHT:      id = WXK_RIGHT; break;
-    case VK_DOWN :      id = WXK_DOWN; break;
-    case VK_SELECT:     id = WXK_SELECT; break;
-    case VK_PRINT:      id = WXK_PRINT; break;
-    case VK_EXECUTE:    id = WXK_EXECUTE; break;
-    case VK_INSERT:     id = WXK_INSERT; break;
-    case VK_DELETE:     id = WXK_DELETE; break;
-    case VK_HELP :      id = WXK_HELP; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD0:    id = WXK_NUMPAD0; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD1:    id = WXK_NUMPAD1; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD2:    id = WXK_NUMPAD2; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD3:    id = WXK_NUMPAD3; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD4:    id = WXK_NUMPAD4; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD5:    id = WXK_NUMPAD5; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD6:    id = WXK_NUMPAD6; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD7:    id = WXK_NUMPAD7; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD8:    id = WXK_NUMPAD8; break;
-    case VK_NUMPAD9:    id = WXK_NUMPAD9; break;
-    case VK_MULTIPLY:   id = WXK_MULTIPLY; break;
-    case VK_ADD:        id = WXK_ADD; break;
-    case VK_SUBTRACT:   id = WXK_SUBTRACT; break;
-    case VK_DECIMAL:    id = WXK_DECIMAL; break;
-    case VK_DIVIDE:     id = WXK_DIVIDE; break;
-    case VK_F1:         id = WXK_F1; break;
-    case VK_F2:         id = WXK_F2; break;
-    case VK_F3:         id = WXK_F3; break;
-    case VK_F4:         id = WXK_F4; break;
-    case VK_F5:         id = WXK_F5; break;
-    case VK_F6:         id = WXK_F6; break;
-    case VK_F7:         id = WXK_F7; break;
-    case VK_F8:         id = WXK_F8; break;
-    case VK_F9:         id = WXK_F9; break;
-    case VK_F10:        id = WXK_F10; break;
-    case VK_F11:        id = WXK_F11; break;
-    case VK_F12:        id = WXK_F12; break;
-    case VK_F13:        id = WXK_F13; break;
-    case VK_F14:        id = WXK_F14; break;
-    case VK_F15:        id = WXK_F15; break;
-    case VK_F16:        id = WXK_F16; break;
-    case VK_F17:        id = WXK_F17; break;
-    case VK_F18:        id = WXK_F18; break;
-    case VK_F19:        id = WXK_F19; break;
-    case VK_F20:        id = WXK_F20; break;
-    case VK_F21:        id = WXK_F21; break;
-    case VK_F22:        id = WXK_F22; break;
-    case VK_F23:        id = WXK_F23; break;
-    case VK_F24:        id = WXK_F24; break;
-    case VK_NUMLOCK:    id = WXK_NUMLOCK; break;
-    case VK_SCROLL:     id = WXK_SCROLL; break;
-    default:
-        {
-            return 0;
-        }
+        m_caret->OnKillFocus();
     }
     }
-    return id;
-}
+#endif // wxUSE_CARET
 
 
-int wxCharCodeWXToMSW(int id, bool *isVirtual)
-{
-    *isVirtual = TRUE;
-    int keySym = 0;
-    switch (id)
+#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
+    // If it's a wxTextCtrl don't send the event as it will be done
+    // after the control gets to process it.
+    wxTextCtrl *ctrl = wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl);
+    if ( ctrl )
     {
     {
-    case WXK_CANCEL:    keySym = VK_CANCEL; break;
-    case WXK_CLEAR:     keySym = VK_CLEAR; break;
-    case WXK_SHIFT:     keySym = VK_SHIFT; break;
-    case WXK_CONTROL:   keySym = VK_CONTROL; break;
-    case WXK_MENU :     keySym = VK_MENU; break;
-    case WXK_PAUSE:     keySym = VK_PAUSE; break;
-    case WXK_PRIOR:     keySym = VK_PRIOR; break;
-    case WXK_NEXT :     keySym = VK_NEXT; break;
-    case WXK_END:       keySym = VK_END; break;
-    case WXK_HOME :     keySym = VK_HOME; break;
-    case WXK_LEFT :     keySym = VK_LEFT; break;
-    case WXK_UP:        keySym = VK_UP; break;
-    case WXK_RIGHT:     keySym = VK_RIGHT; break;
-    case WXK_DOWN :     keySym = VK_DOWN; break;
-    case WXK_SELECT:    keySym = VK_SELECT; break;
-    case WXK_PRINT:     keySym = VK_PRINT; break;
-    case WXK_EXECUTE:   keySym = VK_EXECUTE; break;
-    case WXK_INSERT:    keySym = VK_INSERT; break;
-    case WXK_DELETE:    keySym = VK_DELETE; break;
-    case WXK_HELP :     keySym = VK_HELP; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD0:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD0; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD1:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD1; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD2:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD2; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD3:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD3; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD4:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD4; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD5:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD5; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD6:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD6; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD7:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD7; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD8:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD8; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD9:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD9; break;
-    case WXK_MULTIPLY:  keySym = VK_MULTIPLY; break;
-    case WXK_ADD:       keySym = VK_ADD; break;
-    case WXK_SUBTRACT:  keySym = VK_SUBTRACT; break;
-    case WXK_DECIMAL:   keySym = VK_DECIMAL; break;
-    case WXK_DIVIDE:    keySym = VK_DIVIDE; break;
-    case WXK_F1:        keySym = VK_F1; break;
-    case WXK_F2:        keySym = VK_F2; break;
-    case WXK_F3:        keySym = VK_F3; break;
-    case WXK_F4:        keySym = VK_F4; break;
-    case WXK_F5:        keySym = VK_F5; break;
-    case WXK_F6:        keySym = VK_F6; break;
-    case WXK_F7:        keySym = VK_F7; break;
-    case WXK_F8:        keySym = VK_F8; break;
-    case WXK_F9:        keySym = VK_F9; break;
-    case WXK_F10:       keySym = VK_F10; break;
-    case WXK_F11:       keySym = VK_F11; break;
-    case WXK_F12:       keySym = VK_F12; break;
-    case WXK_F13:       keySym = VK_F13; break;
-    case WXK_F14:       keySym = VK_F14; break;
-    case WXK_F15:       keySym = VK_F15; break;
-    case WXK_F16:       keySym = VK_F16; break;
-    case WXK_F17:       keySym = VK_F17; break;
-    case WXK_F18:       keySym = VK_F18; break;
-    case WXK_F19:       keySym = VK_F19; break;
-    case WXK_F20:       keySym = VK_F20; break;
-    case WXK_F21:       keySym = VK_F21; break;
-    case WXK_F22:       keySym = VK_F22; break;
-    case WXK_F23:       keySym = VK_F23; break;
-    case WXK_F24:       keySym = VK_F24; break;
-    case WXK_NUMLOCK:   keySym = VK_NUMLOCK; break;
-    case WXK_SCROLL:    keySym = VK_SCROLL; break;
-    default:
-        {
-            *isVirtual = FALSE;
-            keySym = id;
-            break;
-        }
+        return FALSE;
     }
     }
-    return keySym;
+#endif
+
+    wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok
+    event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd));
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 }
 
-// Caret manipulation
-void wxWindow::CreateCaret(int w, int h)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// miscellaneous
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleShow(bool show, int WXUNUSED(status))
 {
 {
-    m_caretWidth = w;
-    m_caretHeight = h;
-    m_caretEnabled = TRUE;
+    wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show);
+    event.m_eventObject = this;
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::CreateCaret(const wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap))
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus))
 {
 {
-    // Not implemented
+    wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId());
+    event.m_eventObject = this;
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::ShowCaret(bool show)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam)
 {
 {
-    if (m_caretEnabled)
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+    HDROP hFilesInfo = (HDROP) wParam;
+
+    // Get the total number of files dropped
+    UINT gwFilesDropped = ::DragQueryFile
+                            (
+                                (HDROP)hFilesInfo,
+                                (UINT)-1,
+                                (LPTSTR)0,
+                                (UINT)0
+                            );
+
+    wxString *files = new wxString[gwFilesDropped];
+    for ( UINT wIndex = 0; wIndex < gwFilesDropped; wIndex++ )
     {
     {
-        if (show)
-            ::ShowCaret((HWND) GetHWND());
-        else
-            ::HideCaret((HWND) GetHWND());
-        m_caretShown = show;
+        // first get the needed buffer length (+1 for terminating NUL)
+        size_t len = ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, NULL, 0) + 1;
+
+        // and now get the file name
+        ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex,
+                        files[wIndex].GetWriteBuf(len), len);
+
+        files[wIndex].UngetWriteBuf();
     }
     }
-}
+    DragFinish (hFilesInfo);
 
 
-void wxWindow::DestroyCaret(void)
-{
-    m_caretEnabled = FALSE;
-}
+    wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files);
+    event.m_eventObject = this;
 
 
-void wxWindow::SetCaretPos(int x, int y)
-{
-    ::SetCaretPos(x, y);
-}
+    POINT dropPoint;
+    DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint);
+    event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.x;
+    event.m_pos.y = dropPoint.y;
 
 
-void wxWindow::GetCaretPos(int *x, int *y) const
-{
-    POINT point;
-    ::GetCaretPos(&point);
-    *x = point.x;
-    *y = point.y;
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+#else // __WXMICROWIN__
+    return FALSE;
+#endif
 }
 
 }
 
-wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow(void)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
+                                  short nHitTest,
+                                  int WXUNUSED(mouseMsg))
 {
 {
-    HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow();
-    if (hWnd != 0)
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+    // the logic is as follows:
+    // -1. don't set cursor for non client area, including but not limited to
+    //     the title bar, scrollbars, &c
+    //  0. allow the user to override default behaviour by using EVT_SET_CURSOR
+    //  1. if we have the cursor set it unless wxIsBusy()
+    //  2. if we're a top level window, set some cursor anyhow
+    //  3. if wxIsBusy(), set the busy cursor, otherwise the global one
+
+    if ( nHitTest != HTCLIENT )
     {
     {
-        return wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
+        return FALSE;
     }
     }
-    return NULL;
-}
 
 
-// Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE
-// in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is.
-static HHOOK wxTheKeyboardHook = 0;
-static FARPROC wxTheKeyboardHookProc = 0;
-int APIENTRY _EXPORT
-wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam);
+    HCURSOR hcursor = 0;
 
 
-void wxSetKeyboardHook(bool doIt)
-{
-    if (doIt)
-    {
-        wxTheKeyboardHookProc = MakeProcInstance((FARPROC) wxKeyboardHook, wxGetInstance());
-        wxTheKeyboardHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_KEYBOARD, (HOOKPROC) wxTheKeyboardHookProc, wxGetInstance(),
+    // first ask the user code - it may wish to set the cursor in some very
+    // specific way (for example, depending on the current position)
+    POINT pt;
 #ifdef __WIN32__
 #ifdef __WIN32__
-            GetCurrentThreadId());
-        //      (DWORD)GetCurrentProcess()); // This is another possibility. Which is right?
+    if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) )
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("GetCursorPos"));
+    }
 #else
 #else
-        GetCurrentTask());
+    // In WIN16 it doesn't return a value.
+    ::GetCursorPos(&pt);
 #endif
 #endif
-    }
-    else
+
+    int x = pt.x,
+        y = pt.y;
+    ScreenToClient(&x, &y);
+    wxSetCursorEvent event(x, y);
+
+    bool processedEvtSetCursor = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    if ( processedEvtSetCursor && event.HasCursor() )
     {
     {
-        UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook);
-        FreeProcInstance(wxTheKeyboardHookProc);
+        hcursor = GetHcursorOf(event.GetCursor());
     }
     }
-}
 
 
-int APIENTRY _EXPORT
-wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam)
-{
-    DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam);
-    if (nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0))
+    if ( !hcursor )
     {
     {
-        int id;
-        if ((id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam)) != 0)
-        {
-            wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK);
-            if ((HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN)
-                event.m_altDown = TRUE;
+        bool isBusy = wxIsBusy();
 
 
-            event.m_eventObject = NULL;
-            event.m_keyCode = id;
-            /* begin Albert's fix for control and shift key 26.5 */
-            event.m_shiftDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
-            event.m_controlDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
-            /* end Albert's fix for control and shift key 26.5 */
-            event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
+        // the test for processedEvtSetCursor is here to prevent using m_cursor
+        // if the user code caught EVT_SET_CURSOR() and returned nothing from
+        // it - this is a way to say that our cursor shouldn't be used for this
+        // point
+        if ( !processedEvtSetCursor && m_cursor.Ok() )
+        {
+            hcursor = GetHcursorOf(m_cursor);
+        }
 
 
-            wxWindow *win = wxGetActiveWindow();
-            if (win)
+        if ( !GetParent() )
+        {
+            if ( isBusy )
             {
             {
-                if (win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
-                    return 1;
+                hcursor = wxGetCurrentBusyCursor();
             }
             }
-            else
+            else if ( !hcursor )
             {
             {
-                if ( wxTheApp && wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event) )
-                    return 1;
+                const wxCursor *cursor = wxGetGlobalCursor();
+                if ( cursor && cursor->Ok() )
+                {
+                    hcursor = GetHcursorOf(*cursor);
+                }
             }
         }
     }
             }
         }
     }
-    return (int)CallNextHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook, nCode, wParam, lParam);
-}
 
 
-void wxWindow::SetSizeHints(int minW, int minH, int maxW, int maxH, int WXUNUSED(incW), int WXUNUSED(incH))
-{
-    m_minSizeX = minW;
-    m_minSizeY = minH;
-    m_maxSizeX = maxW;
-    m_maxSizeY = maxH;
+    if ( hcursor )
+    {
+        ::SetCursor(hcursor);
+
+        // cursor set, stop here
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__
+
+    // pass up the window chain
+    return FALSE;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::Centre(int direction)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// owner drawn stuff
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int id, WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
 {
 {
-    int x, y, width, height, panel_width, panel_height, new_x, new_y;
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
 
 
-    wxWindow *father = (wxWindow *)GetParent();
-    if (!father)
-        return;
+#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+    // is it a menu item?
+    DRAWITEMSTRUCT *pDrawStruct = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;
+    if ( id == 0 && pDrawStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU )
+    {
+        wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData);
 
 
-    father->GetClientSize(&panel_width, &panel_height);
-    GetSize(&width, &height);
-    GetPosition(&x, &y);
+        wxCHECK( pMenuItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMenuItem)), FALSE );
 
 
-    new_x = -1;
-    new_y = -1;
+        // prepare to call OnDrawItem(): notice using of wxDCTemp to prevent
+        // the DC from being released
+        wxDCTemp dc((WXHDC)pDrawStruct->hDC);
+        wxRect rect(pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, pDrawStruct->rcItem.top,
+                    pDrawStruct->rcItem.right - pDrawStruct->rcItem.left,
+                    pDrawStruct->rcItem.bottom - pDrawStruct->rcItem.top);
 
 
-    if (direction & wxHORIZONTAL)
-        new_x = (int)((panel_width - width)/2);
+        return pMenuItem->OnDrawItem
+               (
+                dc,
+                rect,
+                (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODAction)pDrawStruct->itemAction,
+                (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODStatus)pDrawStruct->itemState
+               );
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 
 
-    if (direction & wxVERTICAL)
-        new_y = (int)((panel_height - height)/2);
+#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
+    wxWindow *item = FindItem(id);
+    if ( item && item->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)) )
+    {
+        return ((wxControl *)item)->MSWOnDraw(itemStruct);
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
 
 
-    SetSize(new_x, new_y, -1, -1);
+#endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN
 
 
+    return FALSE;
 }
 
 }
 
-/* TODO (maybe)
-void wxWindow::OnPaint(void)
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
 {
 {
-PaintSelectionHandles();
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+    // is it a menu item?
+    MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *pMeasureStruct = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;
+    if ( id == 0 && pMeasureStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU )
+    {
+        wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData);
+
+        wxCHECK( pMenuItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMenuItem)), FALSE );
+
+        return pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&pMeasureStruct->itemWidth,
+                                        &pMeasureStruct->itemHeight);
+    }
+
+    wxWindow *item = FindItem(id);
+    if ( item && item->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)) )
+    {
+        return ((wxControl *)item)->MSWOnMeasure(itemStruct);
+    }
+#endif  // owner-drawn menus
+    return FALSE;
 }
 }
-*/
 
 
-void wxWindow::WarpPointer (int x_pos, int y_pos)
-{
-    // Move the pointer to (x_pos,y_pos) coordinates. They are expressed in
-    // pixel coordinates, relatives to the canvas -- So, we first need to
-    // substract origin of the window, then convert to screen position
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// colours and palettes
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
-    int x = x_pos; int y = y_pos;
-    RECT rect;
-    GetWindowRect ((HWND) GetHWND(), &rect);
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSysColorChange()
+{
+    wxSysColourChangedEvent event;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
 
 
-    x += rect.left;
-    y += rect.top;
+    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 
 
-    SetCursorPos (x, y);
+    // always let the system carry on the default processing to allow the
+    // native controls to react to the colours update
+    return FALSE;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::MSWDeviceToLogical (float *x, float *y) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDisplayChange()
 {
 {
+    wxDisplayChangedEvent event;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnEraseBkgnd (WXHDC pDC)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *brush,
+                              WXHDC pDC,
+                              WXHWND pWnd,
+                              WXUINT nCtlColor,
+                              WXUINT message,
+                              WXWPARAM wParam,
+                              WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
 {
-    wxDC dc ;
-
-    dc.SetHDC(pDC);
-    dc.SetWindow(this);
-    dc.BeginDrawing();
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+    WXHBRUSH hBrush = 0;
 
 
-    wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
-    if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
+    if ( nCtlColor == CTLCOLOR_DLG )
     {
     {
-        dc.EndDrawing();
-        dc.SelectOldObjects(pDC);
-        return FALSE;
+        hBrush = OnCtlColor(pDC, pWnd, nCtlColor, message, wParam, lParam);
     }
     }
+#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
     else
     {
     else
     {
-        dc.EndDrawing();
-        dc.SelectOldObjects(pDC);
+        wxControl *item = (wxControl *)FindItemByHWND(pWnd, TRUE);
+        if ( item )
+            hBrush = item->OnCtlColor(pDC, pWnd, nCtlColor, message, wParam, lParam);
     }
     }
+#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
 
 
-    dc.SetHDC((WXHDC) NULL);
-    return TRUE;
+    if ( hBrush )
+        *brush = hBrush;
+
+    return hBrush != 0;
+#else // __WXMICROWIN__
+    return FALSE;
+#endif
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event)
+// Define for each class of dialog and control
+WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::OnCtlColor(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hDC),
+                                 WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
+                                 WXUINT WXUNUSED(nCtlColor),
+                                 WXUINT WXUNUSED(message),
+                                 WXWPARAM WXUNUSED(wParam),
+                                 WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam))
 {
 {
-    RECT rect;
-    ::GetClientRect((HWND) GetHWND(), &rect);
+    return (WXHBRUSH)0;
+}
 
 
-    HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreateSolidBrush(PALETTERGB(GetBackgroundColour().Red(), GetBackgroundColour().Green(), GetBackgroundColour().Blue()));
-    int mode = ::SetMapMode((HDC) event.GetDC()->GetHDC(), MM_TEXT);
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange)
+{
+#if wxUSE_PALETTE
+    // same as below except we don't respond to our own messages
+    if ( hWndPalChange != GetHWND() )
+    {
+        // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette
+        wxWindow *win = this;
+        while ( win && !win->HasCustomPalette() )
+        {
+            win = win->GetParent();
+        }
 
 
-    //  ::GetClipBox((HDC) event.GetDC()->GetHDC(), &rect);
-    ::FillRect ((HDC) event.GetDC()->GetHDC(), &rect, hBrush);
-    ::DeleteObject(hBrush);
-    ::SetMapMode((HDC) event.GetDC()->GetHDC(), mode);
-    /*
-    // Less efficient version (and doesn't account for scrolling)
-    int w, h;
-    GetClientSize(& w, & h);
-    wxBrush *brush = wxTheBrushList->FindOrCreateBrush(& GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID);
-    event.GetDC()->SetBrush(brush);
-    event.GetDC()->SetPen(wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
+        if ( win && win->HasCustomPalette() )
+        {
+            // realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed
+            HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) hWndPalChange);
+            win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE)
+                    ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE));
+
+            int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc);
+
+            // restore the palette (before releasing the DC)
+            win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE)
+                    ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE));
+            ::RealizePalette(hdc);
+            ::ReleaseDC((HWND) hWndPalChange, hdc);
+
+            // now check for the need to redraw
+            if (result > 0)
+                InvalidateRect((HWND) hWndPalChange, NULL, TRUE);
+        }
 
 
-      event.GetDC()->DrawRectangle(0, 0, w+1, h+1);
-    */
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
+
+    wxPaletteChangedEvent event(GetId());
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+    event.SetChangedWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndPalChange));
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 }
 
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-void wxWindow::SetScrollRange(int orient, int range, bool refresh)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryNewPalette()
 {
 {
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
 
 
-    int range1 = range;
+#if wxUSE_PALETTE
+    // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette
+    wxWindow *win = this;
+    while (!win->HasCustomPalette() && win->GetParent()) win = win->GetParent();
+    if (win->HasCustomPalette()) {
+        /* realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed */
+        HDC hdc = GetDC((HWND) GetHWND());
+        win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE)
+             ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), FALSE) );
 
 
-    // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
-    // - a Windows API quirk
-    int pageSize = GetScrollPage(orient);
-    if ( pageSize > 1 && range > 0)
+        int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc);
+        /* restore the palette (before releasing the DC) */
+        win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE)
+             ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), TRUE) );
+        ::RealizePalette(hdc);
+        ::ReleaseDC((HWND) GetHWND(), hdc);
+        /* now check for the need to redraw */
+        if (result > 0)
+            ::InvalidateRect((HWND) GetHWND(), NULL, TRUE);
+        }
+#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
+
+    wxQueryNewPaletteEvent event(GetId());
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) && event.GetPaletteRealized();
+}
+
+// Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children.
+void wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
+{
+    // the top level window also reset the standard colour map as it might have
+    // changed (there is no need to do it for the non top level windows as we
+    // only have to do it once)
+    if ( IsTopLevel() )
     {
     {
-        range1 += (pageSize - 1);
+        // FIXME-MT
+        gs_hasStdCmap = FALSE;
     }
     }
+    wxWindowList::Node *node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    while ( node )
+    {
+        // Only propagate to non-top-level windows because Windows already
+        // sends this event to all top-level ones
+        wxWindow *win = node->GetData();
+        if ( !win->IsTopLevel() )
+        {
+            // we need to send the real WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE and not just trigger
+            // EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED call because the latter wouldn't work for
+            // the standard controls
+            ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE, 0, 0);
+        }
 
 
-    SCROLLINFO info;
-    int dir;
+        node = node->GetNext();
+    }
 
 
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) {
-        dir = SB_HORZ;
-    } else {
-        dir = SB_VERT;
+    // update the colours we use if they were not set explicitly by the user:
+    // this must be done or OnCtlColor() would continue to use the old colours
+    if ( !m_hasFgCol )
+    {
+        m_foregroundColour = wxSystemSettings::
+                                GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT);
     }
 
     }
 
-    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
-    info.nPage = pageSize; // Have to set this, or scrollbar goes awry
-    info.nMin = 0;
-    info.nMax = range1;
-    info.nPos = 0;
-    info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE;
+    if ( !m_hasBgCol )
+    {
+        m_backgroundColour = wxSystemSettings::
+                                GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE);
+    }
+}
 
 
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
-#else
-    int wOrient ;
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
+extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap()
+{
+    static COLORREF s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_MAX];
+    static wxCOLORMAP s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_MAX];
 
 
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::SetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, 0, range, refresh);
-#endif
+    if ( !gs_hasStdCmap )
+    {
+        static bool s_coloursInit = FALSE;
+
+        if ( !s_coloursInit )
+        {
+            // When a bitmap is loaded, the RGB values can change (apparently
+            // because Windows adjusts them to care for the old programs always
+            // using 0xc0c0c0 while the transparent colour for the new Windows
+            // versions is different). But we do this adjustment ourselves so
+            // we want to avoid Windows' "help" and for this we need to have a
+            // reference bitmap which can tell us what the RGB values change
+            // to.
+            wxBitmap stdColourBitmap(_T("wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS"));
+            if ( stdColourBitmap.Ok() )
+            {
+                // the pixels in the bitmap must correspond to wxSTD_COL_XXX!
+                wxASSERT_MSG( stdColourBitmap.GetWidth() == wxSTD_COL_MAX,
+                              _T("forgot to update wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS!") );
+
+                wxMemoryDC memDC;
+                memDC.SelectObject(stdColourBitmap);
+
+                wxColour colour;
+                for ( size_t i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(s_stdColours); i++ )
+                {
+                    memDC.GetPixel(i, 0, &colour);
+                    s_stdColours[i] = wxColourToRGB(colour);
+                }
+            }
+            else // wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS couldn't be loaded
+            {
+                s_stdColours[0] = RGB(000,000,000);     // black
+                s_stdColours[1] = RGB(128,128,128);     // dark grey
+                s_stdColours[2] = RGB(192,192,192);     // light grey
+                s_stdColours[3] = RGB(255,255,255);     // white
+                //s_stdColours[4] = RGB(000,000,255);     // blue
+                //s_stdColours[5] = RGB(255,000,255);     // magenta
+            }
+
+            s_coloursInit = TRUE;
+        }
+
+        gs_hasStdCmap = TRUE;
+
+        // create the colour map
+#define INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(col) \
+            s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].from = s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_##col]; \
+            s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].to = ::GetSysColor(COLOR_##col)
+
+        INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNTEXT);
+        INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNSHADOW);
+        INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNFACE);
+        INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNHIGHLIGHT);
+
+#undef INIT_CMAP_ENTRY
+    }
+
+    return s_cmap;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::SetScrollPage(int orient, int page, bool refresh)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// painting
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaint()
 {
 {
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    SCROLLINFO info;
-    int dir;
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+    HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle
+    if ( !hRegion )
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateRectRgn"));
+    if ( ::GetUpdateRgn(GetHwnd(), hRegion, FALSE) == ERROR )
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("GetUpdateRgn"));
 
 
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) {
-        dir = SB_HORZ;
-        m_xThumbSize = page;
-    } else {
-        dir = SB_VERT;
-        m_yThumbSize = page;
-    }
+    m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion);
+#else // Win16
+    RECT updateRect;
+    ::GetUpdateRect(GetHwnd(), &updateRect, FALSE);
 
 
-    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
-    info.nPage = page;
-    info.nMin = 0;
-    info.fMask = SIF_PAGE ;
+    m_updateRegion = wxRegion(updateRect.left, updateRect.top,
+                              updateRect.right - updateRect.left,
+                              updateRect.bottom - updateRect.top);
+#endif // Win32/16
 
 
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
+    wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    bool processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+
+    // note that we must generate NC event after the normal one as otherwise
+    // BeginPaint() will happily overwrite our decorations with the background
+    // colour
+    wxNcPaintEvent eventNc(m_windowId);
+    eventNc.SetEventObject(this);
+    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventNc);
+
+    return processed;
+}
+
+// Can be called from an application's OnPaint handler
+void wxWindowMSW::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event)
+{
+#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+    event.Skip();
 #else
 #else
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        m_xThumbSize = page;
-    else
-        m_yThumbSize = page;
+    HDC hDC = (HDC) wxPaintDC::FindDCInCache((wxWindow*) event.GetEventObject());
+    if (hDC != 0)
+    {
+        MSWDefWindowProc(WM_PAINT, (WPARAM) hDC, 0);
+    }
 #endif
 }
 
 #endif
 }
 
-int wxWindow::OldGetScrollRange(int orient) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hdc)
+{
+    // Prevents flicker when dragging
+    if ( ::IsIconic(GetHwnd()) )
+        return TRUE;
+
+    wxDCTemp dc(hdc);
+
+    dc.SetHDC(hdc);
+    dc.SetWindow((wxWindow *)this);
+    dc.BeginDrawing();
+
+    wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+    bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+
+    dc.EndDrawing();
+
+    // must be called manually as ~wxDC doesn't do anything for wxDCTemp
+    dc.SelectOldObjects(hdc);
+
+    return rc;
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event)
 {
 {
-    int wOrient ;
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
+    RECT rect;
+    ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rect);
 
 
-#if __WATCOMC__ && defined(__WINDOWS_386__)
-    short minPos, maxPos;
-#else
-    int minPos, maxPos;
-#endif
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-    {
-        ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, &minPos, &maxPos);
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-        // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
-        // - a Windows API quirk
-        int pageSize = GetScrollPage(orient);
-        if ( pageSize > 1 )
-        {
-            maxPos -= (pageSize - 1);
-        }
-#endif
-        return maxPos;
-    }
-    else
-        return 0;
+    COLORREF ref = PALETTERGB(m_backgroundColour.Red(),
+                              m_backgroundColour.Green(),
+                              m_backgroundColour.Blue());
+    HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreateSolidBrush(ref);
+    if ( !hBrush )
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateSolidBrush"));
+
+    HDC hdc = (HDC)event.GetDC()->GetHDC();
+
+    int mode = ::SetMapMode(hdc, MM_TEXT);
+
+    ::FillRect(hdc, &rect, hBrush);
+    ::DeleteObject(hBrush);
+    ::SetMapMode(hdc, mode);
 }
 
 }
 
-int wxWindow::GetScrollPage(int orient) const
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// moving and resizing
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMinimize()
 {
 {
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        return m_xThumbSize;
-    else
-        return m_yThumbSize;
+    wxIconizeEvent event(m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 }
-#endif
 
 
-int wxWindow::GetScrollPos(int orient) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMaximize()
 {
 {
-    int wOrient ;
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-    {
-        return ::GetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient);
-    }
-    else
-        return 0;
+    wxMaximizeEvent event(m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 }
 
-// This now returns the whole range, not just the number
-// of positions that we can scroll.
-int wxWindow::GetScrollRange(int orient) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMove(int x, int y)
 {
 {
-    int wOrient ;
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
-
-#if __WATCOMC__ && defined(__WINDOWS_386__)
-    short minPos, maxPos;
-#else
-    int minPos, maxPos;
-#endif
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-    {
-        ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, &minPos, &maxPos);
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-        // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
-        // - a Windows API quirk
-        int pageSize = GetScrollPage(orient);
-        if ( pageSize > 1 )
-        {
-            maxPos -= (pageSize - 1);
-        }
-        // October 10th: new range concept.
-        maxPos += pageSize;
-#endif
+    wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(x, y), m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
 
 
-        return maxPos;
-    }
-    else
-        return 0;
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 }
 
-int wxWindow::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSize(int w, int h, WXUINT WXUNUSED(flag))
 {
 {
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        return m_xThumbSize;
-    else
-        return m_yThumbSize;
+    wxSizeEvent event(wxSize(w, h), m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *mmInfo)
 {
 {
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    SCROLLINFO info;
-    int dir;
+    MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)mmInfo;
 
 
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) {
-        dir = SB_HORZ;
-    } else {
-        dir = SB_VERT;
+    bool rc = FALSE;
+
+    int minWidth = GetMinWidth(),
+        minHeight = GetMinHeight(),
+        maxWidth = GetMaxWidth(),
+        maxHeight = GetMaxHeight();
+
+    if ( minWidth != -1 )
+    {
+        info->ptMinTrackSize.x = minWidth;
+        rc = TRUE;
     }
 
     }
 
-    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
-    info.nPage = 0;
-    info.nMin = 0;
-    info.nPos = pos;
-    info.fMask = SIF_POS ;
+    if ( minHeight != -1 )
+    {
+        info->ptMinTrackSize.y = minHeight;
+        rc = TRUE;
+    }
 
 
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
-#else
-    int wOrient ;
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
+    if ( maxWidth != -1 )
+    {
+        info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = maxWidth;
+        rc = TRUE;
+    }
 
 
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::SetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient, pos, refresh);
-#endif
+    if ( maxHeight != -1 )
+    {
+        info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = maxHeight;
+        rc = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    return rc;
 }
 
 }
 
-// New function that will replace some of the above.
-void wxWindow::SetScrollbar(int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible,
-                            int range, bool refresh)
-{
-/*
-SetScrollPage(orient, thumbVisible, FALSE);
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command messages
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
-  int oldRange = range - thumbVisible ;
-  SetScrollRange(orient, oldRange, FALSE);
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control)
+{
+#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+    if ( !cmd && wxCurrentPopupMenu )
+    {
+        wxMenu *popupMenu = wxCurrentPopupMenu;
+        wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
 
 
-    SetScrollPos(orient, pos, refresh);
-    */
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    int oldRange = range - thumbVisible ;
+        return popupMenu->MSWCommand(cmd, id);
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 
 
-    int range1 = oldRange;
+    wxWindow *win = NULL;
 
 
-    // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
-    // - a Windows API quirk
-    int pageSize = thumbVisible;
-    if ( pageSize > 1 && range > 0)
+    // first try to find it from HWND - this works even with the broken
+    // programs using the same ids for different controls
+    if ( control )
     {
     {
-        range1 += (pageSize - 1);
+        win = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
     }
 
     }
 
-    SCROLLINFO info;
-    int dir;
+    // try the id
+    if ( !win )
+    {
+        // must cast to a signed type before comparing with other ids!
+        win = FindItem((signed short)id);
+    }
 
 
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) {
-        dir = SB_HORZ;
-    } else {
-        dir = SB_VERT;
+    if ( win )
+    {
+        return win->MSWCommand(cmd, id);
     }
 
     }
 
-    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
-    info.nPage = pageSize; // Have to set this, or scrollbar goes awry
-    info.nMin = 0;
-    info.nMax = range1;
-    info.nPos = pos;
-    info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
+    // the messages sent from the in-place edit control used by the treectrl
+    // for label editing have id == 0, but they should _not_ be treated as menu
+    // messages (they are EN_XXX ones, in fact) so don't translate anything
+    // coming from a control to wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
+    if ( !control )
+    {
+        // If no child window, it may be an accelerator, e.g. for a popup menu
+        // command
 
 
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
-#else
-    int wOrient ;
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
+        wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED);
+        event.SetEventObject(this);
+        event.SetId(id);
+        event.SetInt(id);
 
 
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd)
-    {
-        ::SetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, 0, range, FALSE);
-        ::SetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient, pos, refresh);
+        return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
     }
     }
-#endif
-    if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) {
-        m_xThumbSize = thumbVisible;
-    } else {
-        m_yThumbSize = thumbVisible;
+#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    else
+    {
+        // the text ctrl which is logically part of wxSpinCtrl sends WM_COMMAND
+        // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to
+        // wxSpinCtrl
+        wxSpinCtrl *spin = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl(control);
+        if ( spin && spin->ProcessTextCommand(cmd, id) )
+            return TRUE;
     }
     }
+#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
+
+    return FALSE;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRectangle *rect)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSysCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam))
 {
 {
-    RECT rect2;
-    if ( rect )
+    // 4 bits are reserved
+    switch ( wParam & 0xFFFFFFF0 )
     {
     {
-        rect2.left = rect->x;
-        rect2.top = rect->y;
-        rect2.right = rect->x + rect->width;
-        rect2.bottom = rect->y + rect->height;
+        case SC_MAXIMIZE:
+            return HandleMaximize();
+
+        case SC_MINIMIZE:
+            return HandleMinimize();
     }
 
     }
 
-    if ( rect )
-        ::ScrollWindow((HWND) GetHWND(), dx, dy, &rect2, NULL);
-    else
-        ::ScrollWindow((HWND) GetHWND(), dx, dy, NULL, NULL);
+    return FALSE;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::SetFont(const wxFont& font)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// mouse events
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxWindowMSW::InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event,
+                                 int x, int y,
+                                 WXUINT flags)
 {
 {
-    m_windowFont = font;
+    // our client coords are not quite the same as Windows ones
+    wxPoint pt = GetClientAreaOrigin();
+    event.m_x = x - pt.x;
+    event.m_y = y - pt.y;
 
 
-    if (!m_windowFont.Ok())
-        return;
+    event.m_shiftDown = (flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0;
+    event.m_controlDown = (flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0;
+    event.m_leftDown = (flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0;
+    event.m_middleDown = (flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0;
+    event.m_rightDown = (flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0;
+    event.m_altDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_MENU) & 0x80000000) != 0;
 
 
-    HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
-    if (hWnd != 0)
-    {
-        if (m_windowFont.GetResourceHandle())
-            SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETFONT,
-            (WPARAM)m_windowFont.GetResourceHandle(),TRUE);
-    }
+    event.SetTimestamp(s_currentMsg.time);
+    event.m_eventObject = this;
+
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+    m_lastMouseX = x;
+    m_lastMouseY = y;
+    m_lastMouseEvent = event.GetEventType();
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
 {
 {
-    wxASSERT_MSG( !m_oldWndProc, "subclassing window twice?" );
+    // the mouse events take consecutive IDs from WM_MOUSEFIRST to
+    // WM_MOUSELAST, so it's enough to substract WM_MOUSEMOVE == WM_MOUSEFIRST
+    // from the message id and take the value in the table to get wxWin event
+    // id
+    static const wxEventType eventsMouse[] =
+    {
+        wxEVT_MOTION,
+        wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
+        wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
+        wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
+        wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
+        wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
+        wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
+        wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
+        wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
+        wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
+    };
 
 
-    wxAssociateWinWithHandle((HWND)hWnd, this);
+    wxMouseEvent event(eventsMouse[msg - WM_MOUSEMOVE]);
+    InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags);
 
 
-    m_oldWndProc = (WXFARPROC) GetWindowLong((HWND) hWnd, GWL_WNDPROC);
-    SetWindowLong((HWND) hWnd, GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG) wxWndProc);
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::UnsubclassWin(void)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
 {
 {
-    wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this);
-
-    // Restore old Window proc
-    if ((HWND) GetHWND())
+    if ( !m_mouseInWindow )
     {
     {
-        FARPROC farProc = (FARPROC) GetWindowLong((HWND) GetHWND(), GWL_WNDPROC);
-        if ((m_oldWndProc != 0) && (farProc != (FARPROC) m_oldWndProc))
+        // it would be wrong to assume that just because we get a mouse move
+        // event that the mouse is inside the window: although this is usually
+        // true, it is not if we had captured the mouse, so we need to check
+        // the mouse coordinates here
+        if ( !HasCapture() || IsMouseInWindow() )
         {
         {
-            SetWindowLong((HWND) GetHWND(), GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG) m_oldWndProc);
-            m_oldWndProc = 0;
+            // Generate an ENTER event
+            m_mouseInWindow = TRUE;
+
+            wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW);
+            InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags);
+
+            (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
         }
     }
         }
     }
-}
-
-// Make a Windows extended style from the given wxWindows window style
-WXDWORD wxWindow::MakeExtendedStyle(long style, bool eliminateBorders)
-{
-    WXDWORD exStyle = 0;
-    if ( style & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW )
-        exStyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT ;
 
 
-    if ( !eliminateBorders )
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+    // Window gets a click down message followed by a mouse move message even
+    // if position isn't changed!  We want to discard the trailing move event
+    // if x and y are the same.
+    if ( (m_lastMouseEvent == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN ||
+          m_lastMouseEvent == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN ||
+          m_lastMouseEvent == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN) &&
+         (m_lastMouseX == x && m_lastMouseY == y) )
     {
     {
-        if ( style & wxSUNKEN_BORDER )
-            exStyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE ;
-        if ( style & wxDOUBLE_BORDER )
-            exStyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME ;
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-        if ( style & wxRAISED_BORDER )
-            exStyle |= WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE ;
-        if ( style & wxSTATIC_BORDER )
-            exStyle |= WS_EX_STATICEDGE ;
-#endif
+        m_lastMouseEvent = wxEVT_MOTION;
+
+        return FALSE;
     }
     }
-    return exStyle;
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+
+    return HandleMouseEvent(WM_MOUSEMOVE, x, y, flags);
 }
 
 }
 
-// Determines whether native 3D effects or CTL3D should be used,
-// applying a default border style if required, and returning an extended
-// style to pass to CreateWindowEx.
-WXDWORD wxWindow::Determine3DEffects(WXDWORD defaultBorderStyle, bool *want3D)
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
 {
-    // If matches certain criteria, then assume no 3D effects
-    // unless specifically requested (dealt with in MakeExtendedStyle)
-    if ( !GetParent() || !IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)) || (m_windowStyle & wxNO_BORDER) )
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
+    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL);
+    InitMouseEvent(event,
+                   GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
+                   GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam),
+                   LOWORD(wParam));
+    event.m_wheelRotation = (short)HIWORD(wParam);
+    event.m_wheelDelta = WHEEL_DELTA;
+
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+    static int s_linesPerRotation = -1;
+    if ( s_linesPerRotation == -1 )
     {
     {
-        *want3D = FALSE;
-        return MakeExtendedStyle(m_windowStyle, FALSE);
+        if ( !::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES, 0,
+                                     &s_linesPerRotation, 0))
+        {
+            // this is not supposed to happen
+            wxLogLastError(_T("SystemParametersInfo(GETWHEELSCROLLLINES)"));
+
+            // the default is 3, so use it if SystemParametersInfo() failed
+            s_linesPerRotation = 3;
+        }
     }
     }
+#else // Win16
+    // no SystemParametersInfo() under Win16
+    static const int s_linesPerRotation = 3;
+#endif
 
 
-    // Determine whether we should be using 3D effects or not.
-    bool nativeBorder = FALSE; // by default, we don't want a Win95 effect
+    event.m_linesPerAction = s_linesPerRotation;
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 
 
-    // 1) App can specify global 3D effects
-    *want3D = wxTheApp->GetAuto3D();
+#else
+    (void) wParam;
+    (void) lParam;
 
 
-    // 2) If the parent is being drawn with user colours, or simple border specified,
-    // switch effects off. TODO: replace wxUSER_COLOURS with wxNO_3D
-    if (GetParent() && (GetParent()->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxUSER_COLOURS) || (m_windowStyle & wxSIMPLE_BORDER))
-        *want3D = FALSE;
+    return FALSE;
+#endif
+}
 
 
-    // 3) Control can override this global setting by defining
-    // a border style, e.g. wxSUNKEN_BORDER
-    if (m_windowStyle & wxSUNKEN_BORDER )
-        *want3D = TRUE;
 
 
-    // 4) If it's a special border, CTL3D can't cope so we want a native border
-    if ( (m_windowStyle & wxDOUBLE_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxRAISED_BORDER) ||
-        (m_windowStyle & wxSTATIC_BORDER) )
-    {
-        *want3D = TRUE;
-        nativeBorder = TRUE;
-    }
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// keyboard handling
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
-    // 5) If this isn't a Win95 app, and we are using CTL3D, remove border
-    // effects from extended style
-#if CTL3D
-    if ( *want3D )
-        nativeBorder = FALSE;
-#endif
+// create the key event of the given type for the given key - used by
+// HandleChar and HandleKeyDown/Up
+wxKeyEvent wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType,
+                                       int id,
+                                       WXLPARAM lParam) const
+{
+    wxKeyEvent event(evType);
+    event.SetId(GetId());
+    event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();
+    event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
+    event.m_altDown = (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN;
 
 
-    DWORD exStyle = MakeExtendedStyle(m_windowStyle, !nativeBorder);
+    event.m_eventObject = (wxWindow *)this; // const_cast
+    event.m_keyCode = id;
+    event.SetTimestamp(s_currentMsg.time);
 
 
-    // If we want 3D, but haven't specified a border here,
-    // apply the default border style specified.
-    // TODO what about non-Win95 WIN32? Does it have borders?
-#if defined(__WIN95__) && !CTL3D
-    if (defaultBorderStyle && (*want3D) && ! ((m_windowStyle & wxDOUBLE_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxRAISED_BORDER) ||
-        (m_windowStyle & wxSTATIC_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxSIMPLE_BORDER) ))
-        exStyle |= defaultBorderStyle; // WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE ;
-#endif
+    // translate the position to client coords
+    POINT pt;
+    GetCursorPos(&pt);
+    RECT rect;
+    GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(),&rect);
+    pt.x -= rect.left;
+    pt.y -= rect.top;
 
 
-    return exStyle;
+    event.m_x = pt.x;
+    event.m_y = pt.y;
+
+    return event;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
-{
-    if ( event.KeyCode() == WXK_TAB ) {
-        // propagate the TABs to the parent - it's up to it to decide what
-        // to do with it
-        if ( GetParent() ) {
-            if ( GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
-                return;
+// isASCII is TRUE only when we're called from WM_CHAR handler and not from
+// WM_KEYDOWN one
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII)
+{
+    bool ctrlDown = FALSE;
+
+    int id;
+    if ( isASCII )
+    {
+        // If 1 -> 26, translate to CTRL plus a letter.
+        id = wParam;
+        if ( (id > 0) && (id < 27) )
+        {
+            switch (id)
+            {
+                case 13:
+                    id = WXK_RETURN;
+                    break;
+
+                case 8:
+                    id = WXK_BACK;
+                    break;
+
+                case 9:
+                    id = WXK_TAB;
+                    break;
+
+                default:
+                    ctrlDown = TRUE;
+                    id = id + 96;
+            }
         }
     }
         }
     }
+    else if ( (id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam)) == 0 )
+    {
+        // it's ASCII and will be processed here only when called from
+        // WM_CHAR (i.e. when isASCII = TRUE), don't process it now
+        id = -1;
+    }
 
 
-    bool isVirtual;
-    int id = wxCharCodeWXToMSW((int)event.KeyCode(), &isVirtual);
-
-    if ( id == -1 )
-        id= m_lastWParam;
+    if ( id != -1 )
+    {
+        wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_CHAR, id, lParam));
+        if ( ctrlDown )
+        {
+            event.m_controlDown = TRUE;
+        }
 
 
-    if ( !event.ControlDown() )
-        (void) MSWDefWindowProc(m_lastMsg, (WPARAM) id, m_lastLParam);
-}
+        if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
+            return TRUE;
+    }
 
 
-void wxWindow::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event)
-{
-    Default();
+    return FALSE;
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::IsEnabled(void) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
 {
-    return (::IsWindowEnabled((HWND) GetHWND()) != 0);
-}
+    int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam);
 
 
-// Dialog support: override these and call
-// base class members to add functionality
-// that can't be done using validators.
-// NOTE: these functions assume that controls
-// are direct children of this window, not grandchildren
-// or other levels of descendant.
-
-// Transfer values to controls. If returns FALSE,
-// it's an application error (pops up a dialog)
-bool wxWindow::TransferDataToWindow(void)
-{
-    wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
-    while ( node )
+    if ( !id )
     {
     {
-        wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-        if ( child->GetValidator() && /* child->GetValidator()->Ok() && */
-            !child->GetValidator()->TransferToWindow() )
-        {
-            wxMessageBox("Application Error", "Could not transfer data to window", wxOK|wxICON_EXCLAMATION);
-            return FALSE;
-        }
-
-        node = node->Next();
+        // normal ASCII char
+        id = wParam;
     }
     }
-    return TRUE;
-}
 
 
-// Transfer values from controls. If returns FALSE,
-// validation failed: don't quit
-bool wxWindow::TransferDataFromWindow(void)
-{
-    wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
-    while ( node )
+    if ( id != -1 ) // VZ: does this ever happen (FIXME)?
     {
     {
-        wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-        if ( child->GetValidator() && /* child->GetValidator()->Ok() && */ !child->GetValidator()->TransferFromWindow() )
+        wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, id, lParam));
+        if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
         {
         {
-            return FALSE;
+            return TRUE;
         }
         }
-
-        node = node->Next();
     }
     }
-    return TRUE;
+
+    return FALSE;
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::Validate(void)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
 {
-    wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
-    while ( node )
-    {
-        wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-        if ( child->GetValidator() && /* child->GetValidator()->Ok() && */ !child->GetValidator()->Validate(this) )
-        {
-            return FALSE;
-        }
+    int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam);
 
 
-        node = node->Next();
+    if ( !id )
+    {
+        // normal ASCII char
+        id = wParam;
     }
     }
-    return TRUE;
-}
 
 
-// Get the window with the focus
-wxWindow *wxWindow::FindFocus(void)
-{
-    HWND hWnd = ::GetFocus();
-    if ( hWnd )
+    if ( id != -1 ) // VZ: does this ever happen (FIXME)?
     {
     {
-        return wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
+        wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_UP, id, lParam));
+        if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
+            return TRUE;
     }
     }
-    return NULL;
-}
 
 
-void wxWindow::AddChild(wxWindow *child)
-{
-    GetChildren()->Append(child);
-    child->m_windowParent = this;
+    return FALSE;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::RemoveChild(wxWindow *child)
-{
-    if (GetChildren())
-        GetChildren()->DeleteObject(child);
-    child->m_windowParent = NULL;
-}
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// joystick
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
-void wxWindow::DestroyChildren(void)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
 {
 {
-    if (GetChildren()) {
-        wxNode *node;
-        while ((node = GetChildren()->First()) != (wxNode *)NULL) {
-            wxWindow *child;
-            if ((child = (wxWindow *)node->Data()) != (wxWindow *)NULL) {
-                delete child;
-                if ( GetChildren()->Member(child) )
-                    delete node;
-            }
-        } /* while */
-    }
-}
+#ifdef JOY_BUTTON1
+    int change = 0;
+    if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1CHG )
+        change = wxJOY_BUTTON1;
+    if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2CHG )
+        change = wxJOY_BUTTON2;
+    if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3CHG )
+        change = wxJOY_BUTTON3;
+    if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4CHG )
+        change = wxJOY_BUTTON4;
 
 
-void wxWindow::MakeModal(bool modal)
-{
-    // Disable all other windows
-    if (this->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)) || this->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)))
+    int buttons = 0;
+    if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1 )
+        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1;
+    if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2 )
+        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2;
+    if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3 )
+        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3;
+    if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4 )
+        buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4;
+
+    // the event ids aren't consecutive so we can't use table based lookup
+    int joystick;
+    wxEventType eventType;
+    switch ( msg )
     {
     {
-        wxNode *node = wxTopLevelWindows.First();
-        while (node)
-        {
-            wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-            if (win != this)
-                win->Enable(!modal);
+        case MM_JOY1MOVE:
+            joystick = 1;
+            eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE;
+            break;
 
 
-            node = node->Next();
-        }
+        case MM_JOY2MOVE:
+            joystick = 2;
+            eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE;
+            break;
+
+        case MM_JOY1ZMOVE:
+            joystick = 1;
+            eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE;
+            break;
+
+        case MM_JOY2ZMOVE:
+            joystick = 2;
+            eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE;
+            break;
+
+        case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN:
+            joystick = 1;
+            eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN;
+            break;
+
+        case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN:
+            joystick = 2;
+            eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN;
+            break;
+
+        case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP:
+            joystick = 1;
+            eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP;
+            break;
+
+        case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP:
+            joystick = 2;
+            eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP;
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("no such joystick event"));
+
+            return FALSE;
     }
     }
-}
 
 
-// If nothing defined for this, try the parent.
-// E.g. we may be a button loaded from a resource, with no callback function
-// defined.
-void wxWindow::OnCommand(wxWindow& win, wxCommandEvent& event)
-{
-    if (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
-        return;
-    if (m_windowParent)
-        m_windowParent->GetEventHandler()->OnCommand(win, event);
+    wxJoystickEvent event(eventType, buttons, joystick, change);
+    event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y));
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+#else
+    return FALSE;
+#endif
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::SetConstraints(wxLayoutConstraints *c)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// scrolling
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
+                           WXWORD pos, WXHWND control)
 {
 {
-    if (m_constraints)
+    if ( control )
     {
     {
-        UnsetConstraints(m_constraints);
-        delete m_constraints;
-    }
-    m_constraints = c;
-    if (m_constraints)
-    {
-        // Make sure other windows know they're part of a 'meaningful relationship'
-        if (m_constraints->left.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->left.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            m_constraints->left.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (m_constraints->top.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->top.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            m_constraints->top.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (m_constraints->right.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->right.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            m_constraints->right.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (m_constraints->bottom.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->bottom.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            m_constraints->bottom.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (m_constraints->width.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->width.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            m_constraints->width.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (m_constraints->height.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->height.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            m_constraints->height.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (m_constraints->centreX.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->centreX.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            m_constraints->centreX.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (m_constraints->centreY.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->centreY.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            m_constraints->centreY.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+        wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
+        if ( child )
+            return child->MSWOnScroll(orientation, wParam, pos, control);
     }
     }
-}
 
 
-// This removes any dangling pointers to this window
-// in other windows' constraintsInvolvedIn lists.
-void wxWindow::UnsetConstraints(wxLayoutConstraints *c)
-{
-    if (c)
+    wxScrollWinEvent event;
+    event.SetPosition(pos);
+    event.SetOrientation(orientation);
+    event.m_eventObject = this;
+
+    switch ( wParam )
     {
     {
-        if (c->left.GetOtherWindow() && (c->top.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            c->left.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (c->top.GetOtherWindow() && (c->top.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            c->top.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (c->right.GetOtherWindow() && (c->right.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            c->right.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (c->bottom.GetOtherWindow() && (c->bottom.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            c->bottom.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (c->width.GetOtherWindow() && (c->width.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            c->width.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (c->height.GetOtherWindow() && (c->height.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            c->height.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (c->centreX.GetOtherWindow() && (c->centreX.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            c->centreX.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-        if (c->centreY.GetOtherWindow() && (c->centreY.GetOtherWindow() != this))
-            c->centreY.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
-    }
-}
+    case SB_TOP:
+        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP;
+        break;
 
 
-// Back-pointer to other windows we're involved with, so if we delete
-// this window, we must delete any constraints we're involved with.
-void wxWindow::AddConstraintReference(wxWindow *otherWin)
-{
-    if (!m_constraintsInvolvedIn)
-        m_constraintsInvolvedIn = new wxList;
-    if (!m_constraintsInvolvedIn->Member(otherWin))
-        m_constraintsInvolvedIn->Append(otherWin);
-}
+    case SB_BOTTOM:
+        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM;
+        break;
 
 
-// REMOVE back-pointer to other windows we're involved with.
-void wxWindow::RemoveConstraintReference(wxWindow *otherWin)
-{
-    if (m_constraintsInvolvedIn)
-        m_constraintsInvolvedIn->DeleteObject(otherWin);
-}
+    case SB_LINEUP:
+        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP;
+        break;
 
 
-// Reset any constraints that mention this window
-void wxWindow::DeleteRelatedConstraints(void)
-{
-    if (m_constraintsInvolvedIn)
-    {
-        wxNode *node = m_constraintsInvolvedIn->First();
-        while (node)
-        {
-            wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-            wxNode *next = node->Next();
-            wxLayoutConstraints *constr = win->GetConstraints();
+    case SB_LINEDOWN:
+        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN;
+        break;
+
+    case SB_PAGEUP:
+        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP;
+        break;
+
+    case SB_PAGEDOWN:
+        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN;
+        break;
 
 
-            // Reset any constraints involving this window
-            if (constr)
+    case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
+    case SB_THUMBTRACK:
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+        // under Win32, the scrollbar range and position are 32 bit integers,
+        // but WM_[HV]SCROLL only carry the low 16 bits of them, so we must
+        // explicitly query the scrollbar for the correct position (this must
+        // be done only for these two SB_ events as they are the only one
+        // carrying the scrollbar position)
+        {
+            SCROLLINFO scrollInfo;
+            wxZeroMemory(scrollInfo);
+            scrollInfo.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
+            scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_TRACKPOS;
+
+            if ( !::GetScrollInfo(GetHwnd(),
+                                  orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ
+                                                              : SB_VERT,
+                                  &scrollInfo) )
             {
             {
-                constr->left.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
-                constr->top.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
-                constr->right.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
-                constr->bottom.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
-                constr->width.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
-                constr->height.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
-                constr->centreX.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
-                constr->centreY.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
+                wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo"));
             }
             }
-            delete node;
-            node = next;
+
+            event.SetPosition(scrollInfo.nTrackPos);
         }
         }
-        delete m_constraintsInvolvedIn;
-        m_constraintsInvolvedIn = NULL;
+#endif // Win32
+
+        event.m_eventType = wParam == SB_THUMBPOSITION
+                                ? wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
+                                : wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK;
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        return FALSE;
     }
     }
-}
 
 
-void wxWindow::SetSizer(wxSizer *sizer)
-{
-    m_windowSizer = sizer;
-    if (sizer)
-        sizer->SetSizerParent((wxWindow *)this);
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 }
 
-/*
-* New version
-*/
+// ===========================================================================
+// global functions
+// ===========================================================================
 
 
-bool wxWindow::Layout(void)
+void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont *the_font)
 {
 {
-    if (GetConstraints())
-    {
-        int w, h;
-        GetClientSize(&w, &h);
-        GetConstraints()->width.SetValue(w);
-        GetConstraints()->height.SetValue(h);
-    }
-
-    // If top level (one sizer), evaluate the sizer's constraints.
-    if (GetSizer())
+    TEXTMETRIC tm;
+    HDC dc = ::GetDC((HWND) wnd);
+    HFONT fnt =0;
+    HFONT was = 0;
+    if ( the_font )
     {
     {
-        int noChanges;
-        GetSizer()->ResetConstraints();   // Mark all constraints as unevaluated
-        GetSizer()->LayoutPhase1(&noChanges);
-        GetSizer()->LayoutPhase2(&noChanges);
-        GetSizer()->SetConstraintSizes(); // Recursively set the real window sizes
-        return TRUE;
+        //    the_font->UseResource();
+        //    the_font->RealizeResource();
+        fnt = (HFONT)((wxFont *)the_font)->GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast
+        if ( fnt )
+            was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt);
     }
     }
-    else
+    GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm);
+    if ( the_font && fnt && was )
     {
     {
-        // Otherwise, evaluate child constraints
-        ResetConstraints();   // Mark all constraints as unevaluated
-        DoPhase(1);           // Just one phase need if no sizers involved
-        DoPhase(2);
-        SetConstraintSizes(); // Recursively set the real window sizes
+        SelectObject(dc,was);
     }
     }
-    return TRUE;
-}
+    ReleaseDC((HWND)wnd, dc);
 
 
+    if ( x )
+        *x = tm.tmAveCharWidth;
+    if ( y )
+        *y = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmExternalLeading;
 
 
-// Do a phase of evaluating constraints:
-// the default behaviour. wxSizers may do a similar
-// thing, but also impose their own 'constraints'
-// and order the evaluation differently.
-bool wxWindow::LayoutPhase1(int *noChanges)
-{
-    wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
-    if (constr)
-    {
-        return constr->SatisfyConstraints((wxWindow *)this, noChanges);
-    }
-    else
-        return TRUE;
+    //  if ( the_font )
+    //    the_font->ReleaseResource();
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::LayoutPhase2(int *noChanges)
+// Returns 0 if was a normal ASCII value, not a special key. This indicates that
+// the key should be ignored by WM_KEYDOWN and processed by WM_CHAR instead.
+int wxCharCodeMSWToWX(int keySym)
 {
 {
-    *noChanges = 0;
+    int id;
+    switch (keySym)
+    {
+        case VK_CANCEL:     id = WXK_CANCEL; break;
+        case VK_BACK:       id = WXK_BACK; break;
+        case VK_TAB:        id = WXK_TAB; break;
+        case VK_CLEAR:      id = WXK_CLEAR; break;
+        case VK_RETURN:     id = WXK_RETURN; break;
+        case VK_SHIFT:      id = WXK_SHIFT; break;
+        case VK_CONTROL:    id = WXK_CONTROL; break;
+        case VK_MENU :      id = WXK_MENU; break;
+        case VK_PAUSE:      id = WXK_PAUSE; break;
+        case VK_SPACE:      id = WXK_SPACE; break;
+        case VK_ESCAPE:     id = WXK_ESCAPE; break;
+        case VK_PRIOR:      id = WXK_PRIOR; break;
+        case VK_NEXT :      id = WXK_NEXT; break;
+        case VK_END:        id = WXK_END; break;
+        case VK_HOME :      id = WXK_HOME; break;
+        case VK_LEFT :      id = WXK_LEFT; break;
+        case VK_UP:         id = WXK_UP; break;
+        case VK_RIGHT:      id = WXK_RIGHT; break;
+        case VK_DOWN :      id = WXK_DOWN; break;
+        case VK_SELECT:     id = WXK_SELECT; break;
+        case VK_PRINT:      id = WXK_PRINT; break;
+        case VK_EXECUTE:    id = WXK_EXECUTE; break;
+        case VK_INSERT:     id = WXK_INSERT; break;
+        case VK_DELETE:     id = WXK_DELETE; break;
+        case VK_HELP :      id = WXK_HELP; break;
+        case VK_NUMPAD0:    id = WXK_NUMPAD0; break;
+        case VK_NUMPAD1:    id = WXK_NUMPAD1; break;
+        case VK_NUMPAD2:    id = WXK_NUMPAD2; break;
+        case VK_NUMPAD3:    id = WXK_NUMPAD3; break;
+        case VK_NUMPAD4:    id = WXK_NUMPAD4; break;
+        case VK_NUMPAD5:    id = WXK_NUMPAD5; break;
+        case VK_NUMPAD6:    id = WXK_NUMPAD6; break;
+        case VK_NUMPAD7:    id = WXK_NUMPAD7; break;
+        case VK_NUMPAD8:    id = WXK_NUMPAD8; break;
+        case VK_NUMPAD9:    id = WXK_NUMPAD9; break;
+        case VK_MULTIPLY:   id = WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY; break;
+        case VK_ADD:        id = WXK_NUMPAD_ADD; break;
+        case VK_SUBTRACT:   id = WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT; break;
+        case VK_DECIMAL:    id = WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL; break;
+        case VK_DIVIDE:     id = WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE; break;
+        case VK_F1:         id = WXK_F1; break;
+        case VK_F2:         id = WXK_F2; break;
+        case VK_F3:         id = WXK_F3; break;
+        case VK_F4:         id = WXK_F4; break;
+        case VK_F5:         id = WXK_F5; break;
+        case VK_F6:         id = WXK_F6; break;
+        case VK_F7:         id = WXK_F7; break;
+        case VK_F8:         id = WXK_F8; break;
+        case VK_F9:         id = WXK_F9; break;
+        case VK_F10:        id = WXK_F10; break;
+        case VK_F11:        id = WXK_F11; break;
+        case VK_F12:        id = WXK_F12; break;
+        case VK_F13:        id = WXK_F13; break;
+        case VK_F14:        id = WXK_F14; break;
+        case VK_F15:        id = WXK_F15; break;
+        case VK_F16:        id = WXK_F16; break;
+        case VK_F17:        id = WXK_F17; break;
+        case VK_F18:        id = WXK_F18; break;
+        case VK_F19:        id = WXK_F19; break;
+        case VK_F20:        id = WXK_F20; break;
+        case VK_F21:        id = WXK_F21; break;
+        case VK_F22:        id = WXK_F22; break;
+        case VK_F23:        id = WXK_F23; break;
+        case VK_F24:        id = WXK_F24; break;
+        case VK_NUMLOCK:    id = WXK_NUMLOCK; break;
+        case VK_SCROLL:     id = WXK_SCROLL; break;
+        default:
+            id = 0;
+    }
 
 
-    // Layout children
-    DoPhase(1);
-    DoPhase(2);
-    return TRUE;
+    return id;
 }
 
 }
 
-// Do a phase of evaluating child constraints
-bool wxWindow::DoPhase(int phase)
+int wxCharCodeWXToMSW(int id, bool *isVirtual)
 {
 {
-    int noIterations = 0;
-    int maxIterations = 500;
-    int noChanges = 1;
-    int noFailures = 0;
-    wxList succeeded;
-    while ((noChanges > 0) && (noIterations < maxIterations))
+    *isVirtual = TRUE;
+    int keySym = 0;
+    switch (id)
     {
     {
-        noChanges = 0;
-        noFailures = 0;
-        wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
-        while (node)
+    case WXK_CANCEL:    keySym = VK_CANCEL; break;
+    case WXK_CLEAR:     keySym = VK_CLEAR; break;
+    case WXK_SHIFT:     keySym = VK_SHIFT; break;
+    case WXK_CONTROL:   keySym = VK_CONTROL; break;
+    case WXK_MENU :     keySym = VK_MENU; break;
+    case WXK_PAUSE:     keySym = VK_PAUSE; break;
+    case WXK_PRIOR:     keySym = VK_PRIOR; break;
+    case WXK_NEXT :     keySym = VK_NEXT; break;
+    case WXK_END:       keySym = VK_END; break;
+    case WXK_HOME :     keySym = VK_HOME; break;
+    case WXK_LEFT :     keySym = VK_LEFT; break;
+    case WXK_UP:        keySym = VK_UP; break;
+    case WXK_RIGHT:     keySym = VK_RIGHT; break;
+    case WXK_DOWN :     keySym = VK_DOWN; break;
+    case WXK_SELECT:    keySym = VK_SELECT; break;
+    case WXK_PRINT:     keySym = VK_PRINT; break;
+    case WXK_EXECUTE:   keySym = VK_EXECUTE; break;
+    case WXK_INSERT:    keySym = VK_INSERT; break;
+    case WXK_DELETE:    keySym = VK_DELETE; break;
+    case WXK_HELP :     keySym = VK_HELP; break;
+    case WXK_NUMPAD0:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD0; break;
+    case WXK_NUMPAD1:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD1; break;
+    case WXK_NUMPAD2:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD2; break;
+    case WXK_NUMPAD3:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD3; break;
+    case WXK_NUMPAD4:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD4; break;
+    case WXK_NUMPAD5:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD5; break;
+    case WXK_NUMPAD6:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD6; break;
+    case WXK_NUMPAD7:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD7; break;
+    case WXK_NUMPAD8:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD8; break;
+    case WXK_NUMPAD9:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD9; break;
+    case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY:  keySym = VK_MULTIPLY; break;
+    case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD:       keySym = VK_ADD; break;
+    case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT:  keySym = VK_SUBTRACT; break;
+    case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL:   keySym = VK_DECIMAL; break;
+    case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE:    keySym = VK_DIVIDE; break;
+    case WXK_F1:        keySym = VK_F1; break;
+    case WXK_F2:        keySym = VK_F2; break;
+    case WXK_F3:        keySym = VK_F3; break;
+    case WXK_F4:        keySym = VK_F4; break;
+    case WXK_F5:        keySym = VK_F5; break;
+    case WXK_F6:        keySym = VK_F6; break;
+    case WXK_F7:        keySym = VK_F7; break;
+    case WXK_F8:        keySym = VK_F8; break;
+    case WXK_F9:        keySym = VK_F9; break;
+    case WXK_F10:       keySym = VK_F10; break;
+    case WXK_F11:       keySym = VK_F11; break;
+    case WXK_F12:       keySym = VK_F12; break;
+    case WXK_F13:       keySym = VK_F13; break;
+    case WXK_F14:       keySym = VK_F14; break;
+    case WXK_F15:       keySym = VK_F15; break;
+    case WXK_F16:       keySym = VK_F16; break;
+    case WXK_F17:       keySym = VK_F17; break;
+    case WXK_F18:       keySym = VK_F18; break;
+    case WXK_F19:       keySym = VK_F19; break;
+    case WXK_F20:       keySym = VK_F20; break;
+    case WXK_F21:       keySym = VK_F21; break;
+    case WXK_F22:       keySym = VK_F22; break;
+    case WXK_F23:       keySym = VK_F23; break;
+    case WXK_F24:       keySym = VK_F24; break;
+    case WXK_NUMLOCK:   keySym = VK_NUMLOCK; break;
+    case WXK_SCROLL:    keySym = VK_SCROLL; break;
+    default:
         {
         {
-            wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-            if (!child->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) && !child->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)))
-            {
-                wxLayoutConstraints *constr = child->GetConstraints();
-                if (constr)
-                {
-                    if (succeeded.Member(child))
-                    {
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        int tempNoChanges = 0;
-                        bool success = ( (phase == 1) ? child->LayoutPhase1(&tempNoChanges) : child->LayoutPhase2(&tempNoChanges) ) ;
-                        noChanges += tempNoChanges;
-                        if (success)
-                        {
-                            succeeded.Append(child);
-                        }
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-            node = node->Next();
+            *isVirtual = FALSE;
+            keySym = id;
+            break;
         }
         }
-        noIterations ++;
     }
     }
-    return TRUE;
+    return keySym;
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::ResetConstraints(void)
+wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow()
 {
 {
-    wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
-    if (constr)
-    {
-        constr->left.SetDone(FALSE);
-        constr->top.SetDone(FALSE);
-        constr->right.SetDone(FALSE);
-        constr->bottom.SetDone(FALSE);
-        constr->width.SetDone(FALSE);
-        constr->height.SetDone(FALSE);
-        constr->centreX.SetDone(FALSE);
-        constr->centreY.SetDone(FALSE);
-    }
-    wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
-    while (node)
+    HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow();
+    if ( hWnd != 0 )
     {
     {
-        wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-        if (!win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) && !win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)))
-            win->ResetConstraints();
-        node = node->Next();
+        return wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
     }
     }
+    return NULL;
 }
 
 }
 
-// Need to distinguish between setting the 'fake' size for
-// windows and sizers, and setting the real values.
-void wxWindow::SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse)
+extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd)
 {
 {
-    wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
-    if (constr && constr->left.GetDone() && constr->right.GetDone() &&
-        constr->width.GetDone() && constr->height.GetDone())
-    {
-        int x = constr->left.GetValue();
-        int y = constr->top.GetValue();
-        int w = constr->width.GetValue();
-        int h = constr->height.GetValue();
+    HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd;
 
 
-        // If we don't want to resize this window, just move it...
-        if ((constr->width.GetRelationship() != wxAsIs) ||
-            (constr->height.GetRelationship() != wxAsIs))
-        {
-            // Calls Layout() recursively. AAAGH. How can we stop that.
-            // Simply take Layout() out of non-top level OnSizes.
-            SizerSetSize(x, y, w, h);
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            SizerMove(x, y);
-        }
-    }
-    else if (constr)
+    // For a radiobutton, we get the radiobox from GWL_USERDATA (which is set
+    // by code in msw/radiobox.cpp), for all the others we just search up the
+    // window hierarchy
+    wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)NULL;
+    if ( hwnd )
     {
     {
-        char *windowClass = this->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName();
-
-        wxString winName;
-        if (GetName() == "")
-            winName = "unnamed";
-        else
-            winName = GetName();
-        wxDebugMsg("Constraint(s) not satisfied for window of type %s, name %s:\n", (const char *)windowClass, (const char *)winName);
-        if (!constr->left.GetDone())
-            wxDebugMsg("  unsatisfied 'left' constraint.\n");
-        if (!constr->right.GetDone())
-            wxDebugMsg("  unsatisfied 'right' constraint.\n");
-        if (!constr->width.GetDone())
-            wxDebugMsg("  unsatisfied 'width' constraint.\n");
-        if (!constr->height.GetDone())
-            wxDebugMsg("  unsatisfied 'height' constraint.\n");
-        wxDebugMsg("Please check constraints: try adding AsIs() constraints.\n");
-    }
-
-    if (recurse)
-    {
-        wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
-        while (node)
+        win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd);
+        if ( !win )
         {
         {
-            wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-            if (!win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) && !win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)))
-                win->SetConstraintSizes();
-            node = node->Next();
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-// This assumes that all sizers are 'on' the same
-// window, i.e. the parent of this window.
-void wxWindow::TransformSizerToActual(int *x, int *y) const
-{
-    if (!m_sizerParent || m_sizerParent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)) ||
-        m_sizerParent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) )
-        return;
-
-    int xp, yp;
-    m_sizerParent->GetPosition(&xp, &yp);
-    m_sizerParent->TransformSizerToActual(&xp, &yp);
-    *x += xp;
-    *y += yp;
-}
-
-void wxWindow::SizerSetSize(int x, int y, int w, int h)
-{
-    int xx = x;
-    int yy = y;
-    TransformSizerToActual(&xx, &yy);
-    SetSize(xx, yy, w, h);
-}
+            // all these hacks only work under Win32 anyhow
+#ifdef __WIN32__
 
 
-void wxWindow::SizerMove(int x, int y)
-{
-    int xx = x;
-    int yy = y;
-    TransformSizerToActual(&xx, &yy);
-    Move(xx, yy);
-}
+#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX
+            // native radiobuttons return DLGC_RADIOBUTTON here and for any
+            // wxWindow class which overrides WM_GETDLGCODE processing to
+            // do it as well, win would be already non NULL
+            if ( ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_RADIOBUTTON )
+            {
+                win = (wxWindow *)::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+            }
+            //else: it's a wxRadioButton, not a radiobutton from wxRadioBox
+#endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX
 
 
-// Only set the size/position of the constraint (if any)
-void wxWindow::SetSizeConstraint(int x, int y, int w, int h)
-{
-    wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
-    if (constr)
-    {
-        if (x != -1)
-        {
-            constr->left.SetValue(x);
-            constr->left.SetDone(TRUE);
-        }
-        if (y != -1)
-        {
-            constr->top.SetValue(y);
-            constr->top.SetDone(TRUE);
-        }
-        if (w != -1)
-        {
-            constr->width.SetValue(w);
-            constr->width.SetDone(TRUE);
-        }
-        if (h != -1)
-        {
-            constr->height.SetValue(h);
-            constr->height.SetDone(TRUE);
-        }
-    }
-}
+            // spin control text buddy window should be mapped to spin ctrl
+            // itself so try it too
+#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+            if ( !win )
+            {
+                win = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl((WXHWND)hwnd);
+            }
+#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 
 
-void wxWindow::MoveConstraint(int x, int y)
-{
-    wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
-    if (constr)
-    {
-        if (x != -1)
-        {
-            constr->left.SetValue(x);
-            constr->left.SetDone(TRUE);
-        }
-        if (y != -1)
-        {
-            constr->top.SetValue(y);
-            constr->top.SetDone(TRUE);
+#endif // Win32
         }
     }
         }
     }
-}
-
-void wxWindow::GetSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const
-{
-    wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
-    if (constr)
-    {
-        *w = constr->width.GetValue();
-        *h = constr->height.GetValue();
-    }
-    else
-        GetSize(w, h);
-}
-
-void wxWindow::GetClientSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const
-{
-    wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
-    if (constr)
-    {
-        *w = constr->width.GetValue();
-        *h = constr->height.GetValue();
-    }
-    else
-        GetClientSize(w, h);
-}
-
-void wxWindow::GetPositionConstraint(int *x, int *y) const
-{
-    wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
-    if (constr)
-    {
-        *x = constr->left.GetValue();
-        *y = constr->top.GetValue();
-    }
-    else
-        GetPosition(x, y);
-}
-
-bool wxWindow::Close(bool force)
-{
-    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, m_windowId);
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    event.SetForce(force);
-    event.SetCanVeto(!force);
-
-    return (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) && !event.GetVeto());
-}
 
 
-wxObject* wxWindow::GetChild(int number) const
-{
-    // Return a pointer to the Nth object in the Panel
-    if (!GetChildren())
-        return(NULL) ;
-    wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
-    int n = number;
-    while (node && n--)
-        node = node->Next() ;
-    if (node)
+    while ( hwnd && !win )
     {
     {
-        wxObject *obj = (wxObject *)node->Data();
-        return(obj) ;
-    }
-    else
-        return NULL ;
-}
-
-void wxWindow::OnDefaultAction(wxControl *initiatingItem)
-{
-/* This is obsolete now; if we wish to intercept listbox double-clicks,
-* we explicitly intercept the wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
-* event.
-
-  if (initiatingItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxListBox)))
-  {
-  wxListBox *lbox = (wxListBox *)initiatingItem;
-  wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK);
-  event.m_commandInt = -1;
-  if ((lbox->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxLB_MULTIPLE) == 0)
-  {
-  event.m_commandString = copystring(lbox->GetStringSelection());
-  event.m_commandInt = lbox->GetSelection();
-  event.m_clientData = lbox->wxListBox::GetClientData(event.m_commandInt);
-  }
-  event.m_eventObject = lbox;
-
-    lbox->ProcessCommand(event);
-
-      if (event.m_commandString)
-      delete[] event.m_commandString;
-      return;
-      }
-
-        wxButton *but = GetDefaultItem();
-        if (but)
+        // this is a really ugly hack needed to avoid mistakenly returning the
+        // parent frame wxWindow for the find/replace modeless dialog HWND -
+        // this, in turn, is needed to call IsDialogMessage() from
+        // wxApp::ProcessMessage() as for this we must return NULL from here
+        //
+        // FIXME: this is clearly not the best way to do it but I think we'll
+        //        need to change HWND <-> wxWindow code more heavily than I can
+        //        do it now to fix it
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+        if ( ::GetWindow(hwnd, GW_OWNER) )
         {
         {
-        wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED);
-        event.SetEventObject(but);
-        but->Command(event);
+            // it's a dialog box, don't go upwards
+            break;
         }
         }
-    */
-}
-
-void wxWindow::Clear(void)
-{
-    wxClientDC dc(this);
-    wxBrush brush(GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID);
-    dc.SetBackground(brush);
-    dc.Clear();
-}
-
-// Fits the panel around the items
-void wxWindow::Fit(void)
-{
-    int maxX = 0;
-    int maxY = 0;
-    wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
-    while ( node )
-    {
-        wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-        int wx, wy, ww, wh;
-        win->GetPosition(&wx, &wy);
-        win->GetSize(&ww, &wh);
-        if ( wx + ww > maxX )
-            maxX = wx + ww;
-        if ( wy + wh > maxY )
-            maxY = wy + wh;
+#endif
 
 
-        node = node->Next();
+        hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd);
+        win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd);
     }
     }
-    SetClientSize(maxX + 5, maxY + 5);
-}
 
 
-void wxWindow::SetValidator(const wxValidator& validator)
-{
-    if ( m_windowValidator )
-        delete m_windowValidator;
-    m_windowValidator = validator.Clone();
-
-    if ( m_windowValidator )
-        m_windowValidator->SetWindow(this) ;
+    return win;
 }
 
 }
 
-// Find a window by id or name
-wxWindow *wxWindow::FindWindow(long id)
-{
-    if ( GetId() == id)
-        return this;
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
 
 
-    wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
-    while ( node )
-    {
-        wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-        wxWindow *found = child->FindWindow(id);
-        if ( found )
-            return found;
-        node = node->Next();
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
+// Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE
+// in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is.
+static HHOOK wxTheKeyboardHook = 0;
+static FARPROC wxTheKeyboardHookProc = 0;
+int APIENTRY _EXPORT
+wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam);
 
 
-wxWindow *wxWindow::FindWindow(const wxString& name)
+void wxSetKeyboardHook(bool doIt)
 {
 {
-    if ( GetName() == name)
-        return this;
-
-    wxNode *node = GetChildren()->First();
-    while ( node )
+    if ( doIt )
     {
     {
-        wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-        wxWindow *found = child->FindWindow(name);
-        if ( found )
-            return found;
-        node = node->Next();
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
+        wxTheKeyboardHookProc = MakeProcInstance((FARPROC) wxKeyboardHook, wxGetInstance());
+        wxTheKeyboardHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_KEYBOARD, (HOOKPROC) wxTheKeyboardHookProc, wxGetInstance(),
 
 
-/* TODO
-// Default input behaviour for a scrolling canvas should be to scroll
-// according to the cursor keys pressed
-void wxWindow::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
-{
-int x_page = 0;
-int y_page = 0;
-int start_x = 0;
-int start_y = 0;
-// Bugfix Begin
-int v_width = 0;
-int v_height = 0;
-int y_pages = 0;
-// Bugfix End
-
-  GetScrollUnitsPerPage(&x_page, &y_page);
-  // Bugfix Begin
-  GetVirtualSize(&v_width,&v_height);
-  // Bugfix End
-  ViewStart(&start_x, &start_y);
-  // Bugfix begin
-  if (vert_units)
-  y_pages = (int)(v_height/vert_units) - y_page;
-
-    #ifdef __WXMSW__
-    int y = 0;
-    #else
-    int y = y_page-1;
-    #endif
-    // Bugfix End
-    switch (event.keyCode)
-    {
-    case WXK_PRIOR:
-    {
-    // BugFix Begin
-    if (y_page > 0)
-    {
-    if (start_y - y_page > 0)
-    Scroll(start_x, start_y - y_page);
-    else
-    Scroll(start_x, 0);
-    }
-    // Bugfix End
-    break;
+#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__TWIN32__)
+            GetCurrentThreadId()
+        //      (DWORD)GetCurrentProcess()); // This is another possibility. Which is right?
+#else
+            GetCurrentTask()
+#endif
+            );
     }
     }
-    case WXK_NEXT:
-    {
-    // Bugfix Begin
-    if ((y_page > 0)  && (start_y <= y_pages-y-1))
-    {
-    if (y_pages + y < start_y + y_page)
-    Scroll(start_x, y_pages + y);
     else
     else
-    Scroll(start_x, start_y + y_page);
-    }
-    // Bugfix End
-    break;
-    }
-    case WXK_UP:
-    {
-    if ((y_page > 0) && (start_y >= 1))
-    Scroll(start_x, start_y - 1);
-    break;
-    }
-    case WXK_DOWN:
-    {
-    // Bugfix Begin
-    if ((y_page > 0) && (start_y <= y_pages-y-1))
-    // Bugfix End
-    {
-    Scroll(start_x, start_y + 1);
-    }
-    break;
-    }
-    case WXK_LEFT:
     {
     {
-    if ((x_page > 0) && (start_x >= 1))
-    Scroll(start_x - 1, start_y);
-    break;
-    }
-    case WXK_RIGHT:
-    {
-    if (x_page > 0)
-    Scroll(start_x + 1, start_y);
-    break;
-    }
-    case WXK_HOME:
-    {
-    Scroll(0, 0);
-    break;
-    }
-    // This is new
-    case WXK_END:
-    {
-    Scroll(start_x, y_pages+y);
-    break;
-    }
-    // end
-    }
-    }
-*/
+        UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook);
 
 
-// Setup background and foreground colours correctly
-void wxWindow::SetupColours(void)
-{
-    if (GetParent())
-        SetBackgroundColour(GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour());
+        // avoids warning about statement with no effect (FreeProcInstance
+        // doesn't do anything under Win32)
+#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__NT__) && !defined(__GNUWIN32__)
+        FreeProcInstance(wxTheKeyboardHookProc);
+#endif
+    }
 }
 
 }
 
-void wxWindow::OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event)
+int APIENTRY _EXPORT
+wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam)
 {
 {
-    // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event
-    if (m_mouseInWindow)
+    DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam);
+    if ( nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0) )
     {
     {
-        POINT pt;
-        ::GetCursorPos(&pt);
-        if (::WindowFromPoint(pt) != (HWND) GetHWND())
+        int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam);
+        if ( id != 0 )
         {
         {
-            // Generate a LEAVE event
-            m_mouseInWindow = FALSE;
+            wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK);
+            if ( (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN )
+                event.m_altDown = TRUE;
 
 
-            int state = 0;
-            if (::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) != 0)
-                state |= MK_SHIFT;
-            if (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) != 0)
-                state |= MK_CONTROL;
+            event.m_eventObject = NULL;
+            event.m_keyCode = id;
+            event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();
+            event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
+            event.SetTimestamp(s_currentMsg.time);
 
 
-            // Unfortunately the mouse button and keyboard state may have changed
-            // by the time the OnIdle function is called, so 'state' may be
-            // meaningless.
+            wxWindow *win = wxGetActiveWindow();
+            wxEvtHandler *handler;
+            if ( win )
+            {
+                handler = win->GetEventHandler();
+                event.SetId(win->GetId());
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                handler = wxTheApp;
+                event.SetId(-1);
+            }
 
 
-            MSWOnMouseLeave(pt.x, pt.y, state);
+            if ( handler && handler->ProcessEvent(event) )
+            {
+                // processed
+                return 1;
+            }
         }
     }
         }
     }
-    UpdateWindowUI();
-}
-
-// Raise the window to the top of the Z order
-void wxWindow::Raise(void)
-{
-    ::BringWindowToTop((HWND) GetHWND());
-}
-
-// Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order
-void wxWindow::Lower(void)
-{
-    ::SetWindowPos((HWND) GetHWND(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE|SWP_NOACTIVATE);
-}
-
-long wxWindow::MSWGetDlgCode()
-{
-    // default: just forward to def window proc (the msg has no parameters)
-    return MSWDefWindowProc(WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0);
-}
-
-bool wxWindow::AcceptsFocus() const
-{
-    return IsShown() && IsEnabled();
-}
-
-// Update region access
-wxRegion wxWindow::GetUpdateRegion() const
-{
-    return m_updateRegion;
-}
 
 
-bool wxWindow::IsExposed(int x, int y, int w, int h) const
-{
-    return (m_updateRegion.Contains(x, y, w, h) != wxOutRegion);
-}
-
-bool wxWindow::IsExposed(const wxPoint& pt) const
-{
-    return (m_updateRegion.Contains(pt) != wxOutRegion);
+    return (int)CallNextHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook, nCode, wParam, lParam);
 }
 
 }
 
-bool wxWindow::IsExposed(const wxRect& rect) const
-{
-    return (m_updateRegion.Contains(rect) != wxOutRegion);
-}
+#endif // !__WXMICROWIN__
 
 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
 const char *wxGetMessageName(int message)
 {
 
 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
 const char *wxGetMessageName(int message)
 {
-    switch ( message ) {
-    case 0x0000: return "WM_NULL";
-    case 0x0001: return "WM_CREATE";
-    case 0x0002: return "WM_DESTROY";
-    case 0x0003: return "WM_MOVE";
-    case 0x0005: return "WM_SIZE";
-    case 0x0006: return "WM_ACTIVATE";
-    case 0x0007: return "WM_SETFOCUS";
-    case 0x0008: return "WM_KILLFOCUS";
-    case 0x000A: return "WM_ENABLE";
-    case 0x000B: return "WM_SETREDRAW";
-    case 0x000C: return "WM_SETTEXT";
-    case 0x000D: return "WM_GETTEXT";
-    case 0x000E: return "WM_GETTEXTLENGTH";
-    case 0x000F: return "WM_PAINT";
-    case 0x0010: return "WM_CLOSE";
-    case 0x0011: return "WM_QUERYENDSESSION";
-    case 0x0012: return "WM_QUIT";
-    case 0x0013: return "WM_QUERYOPEN";
-    case 0x0014: return "WM_ERASEBKGND";
-    case 0x0015: return "WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE";
-    case 0x0016: return "WM_ENDSESSION";
-    case 0x0017: return "WM_SYSTEMERROR";
-    case 0x0018: return "WM_SHOWWINDOW";
-    case 0x0019: return "WM_CTLCOLOR";
-    case 0x001A: return "WM_WININICHANGE";
-    case 0x001B: return "WM_DEVMODECHANGE";
-    case 0x001C: return "WM_ACTIVATEAPP";
-    case 0x001D: return "WM_FONTCHANGE";
-    case 0x001E: return "WM_TIMECHANGE";
-    case 0x001F: return "WM_CANCELMODE";
-    case 0x0020: return "WM_SETCURSOR";
-    case 0x0021: return "WM_MOUSEACTIVATE";
-    case 0x0022: return "WM_CHILDACTIVATE";
-    case 0x0023: return "WM_QUEUESYNC";
-    case 0x0024: return "WM_GETMINMAXINFO";
-    case 0x0026: return "WM_PAINTICON";
-    case 0x0027: return "WM_ICONERASEBKGND";
-    case 0x0028: return "WM_NEXTDLGCTL";
-    case 0x002A: return "WM_SPOOLERSTATUS";
-    case 0x002B: return "WM_DRAWITEM";
-    case 0x002C: return "WM_MEASUREITEM";
-    case 0x002D: return "WM_DELETEITEM";
-    case 0x002E: return "WM_VKEYTOITEM";
-    case 0x002F: return "WM_CHARTOITEM";
-    case 0x0030: return "WM_SETFONT";
-    case 0x0031: return "WM_GETFONT";
-    case 0x0037: return "WM_QUERYDRAGICON";
-    case 0x0039: return "WM_COMPAREITEM";
-    case 0x0041: return "WM_COMPACTING";
-    case 0x0044: return "WM_COMMNOTIFY";
-    case 0x0046: return "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING";
-    case 0x0047: return "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED";
-    case 0x0048: return "WM_POWER";
+    switch ( message )
+    {
+        case 0x0000: return "WM_NULL";
+        case 0x0001: return "WM_CREATE";
+        case 0x0002: return "WM_DESTROY";
+        case 0x0003: return "WM_MOVE";
+        case 0x0005: return "WM_SIZE";
+        case 0x0006: return "WM_ACTIVATE";
+        case 0x0007: return "WM_SETFOCUS";
+        case 0x0008: return "WM_KILLFOCUS";
+        case 0x000A: return "WM_ENABLE";
+        case 0x000B: return "WM_SETREDRAW";
+        case 0x000C: return "WM_SETTEXT";
+        case 0x000D: return "WM_GETTEXT";
+        case 0x000E: return "WM_GETTEXTLENGTH";
+        case 0x000F: return "WM_PAINT";
+        case 0x0010: return "WM_CLOSE";
+        case 0x0011: return "WM_QUERYENDSESSION";
+        case 0x0012: return "WM_QUIT";
+        case 0x0013: return "WM_QUERYOPEN";
+        case 0x0014: return "WM_ERASEBKGND";
+        case 0x0015: return "WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE";
+        case 0x0016: return "WM_ENDSESSION";
+        case 0x0017: return "WM_SYSTEMERROR";
+        case 0x0018: return "WM_SHOWWINDOW";
+        case 0x0019: return "WM_CTLCOLOR";
+        case 0x001A: return "WM_WININICHANGE";
+        case 0x001B: return "WM_DEVMODECHANGE";
+        case 0x001C: return "WM_ACTIVATEAPP";
+        case 0x001D: return "WM_FONTCHANGE";
+        case 0x001E: return "WM_TIMECHANGE";
+        case 0x001F: return "WM_CANCELMODE";
+        case 0x0020: return "WM_SETCURSOR";
+        case 0x0021: return "WM_MOUSEACTIVATE";
+        case 0x0022: return "WM_CHILDACTIVATE";
+        case 0x0023: return "WM_QUEUESYNC";
+        case 0x0024: return "WM_GETMINMAXINFO";
+        case 0x0026: return "WM_PAINTICON";
+        case 0x0027: return "WM_ICONERASEBKGND";
+        case 0x0028: return "WM_NEXTDLGCTL";
+        case 0x002A: return "WM_SPOOLERSTATUS";
+        case 0x002B: return "WM_DRAWITEM";
+        case 0x002C: return "WM_MEASUREITEM";
+        case 0x002D: return "WM_DELETEITEM";
+        case 0x002E: return "WM_VKEYTOITEM";
+        case 0x002F: return "WM_CHARTOITEM";
+        case 0x0030: return "WM_SETFONT";
+        case 0x0031: return "WM_GETFONT";
+        case 0x0037: return "WM_QUERYDRAGICON";
+        case 0x0039: return "WM_COMPAREITEM";
+        case 0x0041: return "WM_COMPACTING";
+        case 0x0044: return "WM_COMMNOTIFY";
+        case 0x0046: return "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING";
+        case 0x0047: return "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED";
+        case 0x0048: return "WM_POWER";
 
 #ifdef  __WIN32__
 
 #ifdef  __WIN32__
-    case 0x004A: return "WM_COPYDATA";
-    case 0x004B: return "WM_CANCELJOURNAL";
-    case 0x004E: return "WM_NOTIFY";
-    case 0x0050: return "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST";
-    case 0x0051: return "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE";
-    case 0x0052: return "WM_TCARD";
-    case 0x0053: return "WM_HELP";
-    case 0x0054: return "WM_USERCHANGED";
-    case 0x0055: return "WM_NOTIFYFORMAT";
-    case 0x007B: return "WM_CONTEXTMENU";
-    case 0x007C: return "WM_STYLECHANGING";
-    case 0x007D: return "WM_STYLECHANGED";
-    case 0x007E: return "WM_DISPLAYCHANGE";
-    case 0x007F: return "WM_GETICON";
-    case 0x0080: return "WM_SETICON";
+        case 0x004A: return "WM_COPYDATA";
+        case 0x004B: return "WM_CANCELJOURNAL";
+        case 0x004E: return "WM_NOTIFY";
+        case 0x0050: return "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST";
+        case 0x0051: return "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE";
+        case 0x0052: return "WM_TCARD";
+        case 0x0053: return "WM_HELP";
+        case 0x0054: return "WM_USERCHANGED";
+        case 0x0055: return "WM_NOTIFYFORMAT";
+        case 0x007B: return "WM_CONTEXTMENU";
+        case 0x007C: return "WM_STYLECHANGING";
+        case 0x007D: return "WM_STYLECHANGED";
+        case 0x007E: return "WM_DISPLAYCHANGE";
+        case 0x007F: return "WM_GETICON";
+        case 0x0080: return "WM_SETICON";
 #endif  //WIN32
 
 #endif  //WIN32
 
-    case 0x0081: return "WM_NCCREATE";
-    case 0x0082: return "WM_NCDESTROY";
-    case 0x0083: return "WM_NCCALCSIZE";
-    case 0x0084: return "WM_NCHITTEST";
-    case 0x0085: return "WM_NCPAINT";
-    case 0x0086: return "WM_NCACTIVATE";
-    case 0x0087: return "WM_GETDLGCODE";
-    case 0x00A0: return "WM_NCMOUSEMOVE";
-    case 0x00A1: return "WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN";
-    case 0x00A2: return "WM_NCLBUTTONUP";
-    case 0x00A3: return "WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK";
-    case 0x00A4: return "WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN";
-    case 0x00A5: return "WM_NCRBUTTONUP";
-    case 0x00A6: return "WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK";
-    case 0x00A7: return "WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN";
-    case 0x00A8: return "WM_NCMBUTTONUP";
-    case 0x00A9: return "WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK";
-    case 0x0100: return "WM_KEYDOWN";
-    case 0x0101: return "WM_KEYUP";
-    case 0x0102: return "WM_CHAR";
-    case 0x0103: return "WM_DEADCHAR";
-    case 0x0104: return "WM_SYSKEYDOWN";
-    case 0x0105: return "WM_SYSKEYUP";
-    case 0x0106: return "WM_SYSCHAR";
-    case 0x0107: return "WM_SYSDEADCHAR";
-    case 0x0108: return "WM_KEYLAST";
+        case 0x0081: return "WM_NCCREATE";
+        case 0x0082: return "WM_NCDESTROY";
+        case 0x0083: return "WM_NCCALCSIZE";
+        case 0x0084: return "WM_NCHITTEST";
+        case 0x0085: return "WM_NCPAINT";
+        case 0x0086: return "WM_NCACTIVATE";
+        case 0x0087: return "WM_GETDLGCODE";
+        case 0x00A0: return "WM_NCMOUSEMOVE";
+        case 0x00A1: return "WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN";
+        case 0x00A2: return "WM_NCLBUTTONUP";
+        case 0x00A3: return "WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK";
+        case 0x00A4: return "WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN";
+        case 0x00A5: return "WM_NCRBUTTONUP";
+        case 0x00A6: return "WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK";
+        case 0x00A7: return "WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN";
+        case 0x00A8: return "WM_NCMBUTTONUP";
+        case 0x00A9: return "WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK";
+        case 0x0100: return "WM_KEYDOWN";
+        case 0x0101: return "WM_KEYUP";
+        case 0x0102: return "WM_CHAR";
+        case 0x0103: return "WM_DEADCHAR";
+        case 0x0104: return "WM_SYSKEYDOWN";
+        case 0x0105: return "WM_SYSKEYUP";
+        case 0x0106: return "WM_SYSCHAR";
+        case 0x0107: return "WM_SYSDEADCHAR";
+        case 0x0108: return "WM_KEYLAST";
 
 #ifdef  __WIN32__
 
 #ifdef  __WIN32__
-    case 0x010D: return "WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION";
-    case 0x010E: return "WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION";
-    case 0x010F: return "WM_IME_COMPOSITION";
+        case 0x010D: return "WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION";
+        case 0x010E: return "WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION";
+        case 0x010F: return "WM_IME_COMPOSITION";
 #endif  //WIN32
 
 #endif  //WIN32
 
-    case 0x0110: return "WM_INITDIALOG";
-    case 0x0111: return "WM_COMMAND";
-    case 0x0112: return "WM_SYSCOMMAND";
-    case 0x0113: return "WM_TIMER";
-    case 0x0114: return "WM_HSCROLL";
-    case 0x0115: return "WM_VSCROLL";
-    case 0x0116: return "WM_INITMENU";
-    case 0x0117: return "WM_INITMENUPOPUP";
-    case 0x011F: return "WM_MENUSELECT";
-    case 0x0120: return "WM_MENUCHAR";
-    case 0x0121: return "WM_ENTERIDLE";
-    case 0x0200: return "WM_MOUSEMOVE";
-    case 0x0201: return "WM_LBUTTONDOWN";
-    case 0x0202: return "WM_LBUTTONUP";
-    case 0x0203: return "WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK";
-    case 0x0204: return "WM_RBUTTONDOWN";
-    case 0x0205: return "WM_RBUTTONUP";
-    case 0x0206: return "WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK";
-    case 0x0207: return "WM_MBUTTONDOWN";
-    case 0x0208: return "WM_MBUTTONUP";
-    case 0x0209: return "WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK";
-    case 0x0210: return "WM_PARENTNOTIFY";
-    case 0x0211: return "WM_ENTERMENULOOP";
-    case 0x0212: return "WM_EXITMENULOOP";
+        case 0x0110: return "WM_INITDIALOG";
+        case 0x0111: return "WM_COMMAND";
+        case 0x0112: return "WM_SYSCOMMAND";
+        case 0x0113: return "WM_TIMER";
+        case 0x0114: return "WM_HSCROLL";
+        case 0x0115: return "WM_VSCROLL";
+        case 0x0116: return "WM_INITMENU";
+        case 0x0117: return "WM_INITMENUPOPUP";
+        case 0x011F: return "WM_MENUSELECT";
+        case 0x0120: return "WM_MENUCHAR";
+        case 0x0121: return "WM_ENTERIDLE";
+        case 0x0200: return "WM_MOUSEMOVE";
+        case 0x0201: return "WM_LBUTTONDOWN";
+        case 0x0202: return "WM_LBUTTONUP";
+        case 0x0203: return "WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK";
+        case 0x0204: return "WM_RBUTTONDOWN";
+        case 0x0205: return "WM_RBUTTONUP";
+        case 0x0206: return "WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK";
+        case 0x0207: return "WM_MBUTTONDOWN";
+        case 0x0208: return "WM_MBUTTONUP";
+        case 0x0209: return "WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK";
+        case 0x020A: return "WM_MOUSEWHEEL";
+        case 0x0210: return "WM_PARENTNOTIFY";
+        case 0x0211: return "WM_ENTERMENULOOP";
+        case 0x0212: return "WM_EXITMENULOOP";
 
 #ifdef  __WIN32__
 
 #ifdef  __WIN32__
-    case 0x0213: return "WM_NEXTMENU";
-    case 0x0214: return "WM_SIZING";
-    case 0x0215: return "WM_CAPTURECHANGED";
-    case 0x0216: return "WM_MOVING";
-    case 0x0218: return "WM_POWERBROADCAST";
-    case 0x0219: return "WM_DEVICECHANGE";
+        case 0x0213: return "WM_NEXTMENU";
+        case 0x0214: return "WM_SIZING";
+        case 0x0215: return "WM_CAPTURECHANGED";
+        case 0x0216: return "WM_MOVING";
+        case 0x0218: return "WM_POWERBROADCAST";
+        case 0x0219: return "WM_DEVICECHANGE";
 #endif  //WIN32
 
 #endif  //WIN32
 
-    case 0x0220: return "WM_MDICREATE";
-    case 0x0221: return "WM_MDIDESTROY";
-    case 0x0222: return "WM_MDIACTIVATE";
-    case 0x0223: return "WM_MDIRESTORE";
-    case 0x0224: return "WM_MDINEXT";
-    case 0x0225: return "WM_MDIMAXIMIZE";
-    case 0x0226: return "WM_MDITILE";
-    case 0x0227: return "WM_MDICASCADE";
-    case 0x0228: return "WM_MDIICONARRANGE";
-    case 0x0229: return "WM_MDIGETACTIVE";
-    case 0x0230: return "WM_MDISETMENU";
-    case 0x0233: return "WM_DROPFILES";
+        case 0x0220: return "WM_MDICREATE";
+        case 0x0221: return "WM_MDIDESTROY";
+        case 0x0222: return "WM_MDIACTIVATE";
+        case 0x0223: return "WM_MDIRESTORE";
+        case 0x0224: return "WM_MDINEXT";
+        case 0x0225: return "WM_MDIMAXIMIZE";
+        case 0x0226: return "WM_MDITILE";
+        case 0x0227: return "WM_MDICASCADE";
+        case 0x0228: return "WM_MDIICONARRANGE";
+        case 0x0229: return "WM_MDIGETACTIVE";
+        case 0x0230: return "WM_MDISETMENU";
+        case 0x0233: return "WM_DROPFILES";
 
 #ifdef  __WIN32__
 
 #ifdef  __WIN32__
-    case 0x0281: return "WM_IME_SETCONTEXT";
-    case 0x0282: return "WM_IME_NOTIFY";
-    case 0x0283: return "WM_IME_CONTROL";
-    case 0x0284: return "WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL";
-    case 0x0285: return "WM_IME_SELECT";
-    case 0x0286: return "WM_IME_CHAR";
-    case 0x0290: return "WM_IME_KEYDOWN";
-    case 0x0291: return "WM_IME_KEYUP";
+        case 0x0281: return "WM_IME_SETCONTEXT";
+        case 0x0282: return "WM_IME_NOTIFY";
+        case 0x0283: return "WM_IME_CONTROL";
+        case 0x0284: return "WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL";
+        case 0x0285: return "WM_IME_SELECT";
+        case 0x0286: return "WM_IME_CHAR";
+        case 0x0290: return "WM_IME_KEYDOWN";
+        case 0x0291: return "WM_IME_KEYUP";
 #endif  //WIN32
 
 #endif  //WIN32
 
-    case 0x0300: return "WM_CUT";
-    case 0x0301: return "WM_COPY";
-    case 0x0302: return "WM_PASTE";
-    case 0x0303: return "WM_CLEAR";
-    case 0x0304: return "WM_UNDO";
-    case 0x0305: return "WM_RENDERFORMAT";
-    case 0x0306: return "WM_RENDERALLFORMATS";
-    case 0x0307: return "WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD";
-    case 0x0308: return "WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD";
-    case 0x0309: return "WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD";
-    case 0x030A: return "WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD";
-    case 0x030B: return "WM_SIZECLIPBOARD";
-    case 0x030C: return "WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME";
-    case 0x030D: return "WM_CHANGECBCHAIN";
-    case 0x030E: return "WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD";
-    case 0x030F: return "WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE";
-    case 0x0310: return "WM_PALETTEISCHANGING";
-    case 0x0311: return "WM_PALETTECHANGED";
+        case 0x0300: return "WM_CUT";
+        case 0x0301: return "WM_COPY";
+        case 0x0302: return "WM_PASTE";
+        case 0x0303: return "WM_CLEAR";
+        case 0x0304: return "WM_UNDO";
+        case 0x0305: return "WM_RENDERFORMAT";
+        case 0x0306: return "WM_RENDERALLFORMATS";
+        case 0x0307: return "WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD";
+        case 0x0308: return "WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD";
+        case 0x0309: return "WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD";
+        case 0x030A: return "WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD";
+        case 0x030B: return "WM_SIZECLIPBOARD";
+        case 0x030C: return "WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME";
+        case 0x030D: return "WM_CHANGECBCHAIN";
+        case 0x030E: return "WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD";
+        case 0x030F: return "WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE";
+        case 0x0310: return "WM_PALETTEISCHANGING";
+        case 0x0311: return "WM_PALETTECHANGED";
 
 #ifdef __WIN32__
         // common controls messages - although they're not strictly speaking
         // standard, it's nice to decode them nevertheless
 
         // listview
 
 #ifdef __WIN32__
         // common controls messages - although they're not strictly speaking
         // standard, it's nice to decode them nevertheless
 
         // listview
-    case 0x1000 + 0: return "LVM_GETBKCOLOR";
-    case 0x1000 + 1: return "LVM_SETBKCOLOR";
-    case 0x1000 + 2: return "LVM_GETIMAGELIST";
-    case 0x1000 + 3: return "LVM_SETIMAGELIST";
-    case 0x1000 + 4: return "LVM_GETITEMCOUNT";
-    case 0x1000 + 5: return "LVM_GETITEMA";
-    case 0x1000 + 75: return "LVM_GETITEMW";
-    case 0x1000 + 6: return "LVM_SETITEMA";
-    case 0x1000 + 76: return "LVM_SETITEMW";
-    case 0x1000 + 7: return "LVM_INSERTITEMA";
-    case 0x1000 + 77: return "LVM_INSERTITEMW";
-    case 0x1000 + 8: return "LVM_DELETEITEM";
-    case 0x1000 + 9: return "LVM_DELETEALLITEMS";
-    case 0x1000 + 10: return "LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK";
-    case 0x1000 + 11: return "LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK";
-    case 0x1000 + 12: return "LVM_GETNEXTITEM";
-    case 0x1000 + 13: return "LVM_FINDITEMA";
-    case 0x1000 + 83: return "LVM_FINDITEMW";
-    case 0x1000 + 14: return "LVM_GETITEMRECT";
-    case 0x1000 + 15: return "LVM_SETITEMPOSITION";
-    case 0x1000 + 16: return "LVM_GETITEMPOSITION";
-    case 0x1000 + 17: return "LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA";
-    case 0x1000 + 87: return "LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW";
-    case 0x1000 + 18: return "LVM_HITTEST";
-    case 0x1000 + 19: return "LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE";
-    case 0x1000 + 20: return "LVM_SCROLL";
-    case 0x1000 + 21: return "LVM_REDRAWITEMS";
-    case 0x1000 + 22: return "LVM_ARRANGE";
-    case 0x1000 + 23: return "LVM_EDITLABELA";
-    case 0x1000 + 118: return "LVM_EDITLABELW";
-    case 0x1000 + 24: return "LVM_GETEDITCONTROL";
-    case 0x1000 + 25: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNA";
-    case 0x1000 + 95: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNW";
-    case 0x1000 + 26: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNA";
-    case 0x1000 + 96: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNW";
-    case 0x1000 + 27: return "LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA";
-    case 0x1000 + 97: return "LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW";
-    case 0x1000 + 28: return "LVM_DELETECOLUMN";
-    case 0x1000 + 29: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH";
-    case 0x1000 + 30: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH";
-    case 0x1000 + 31: return "LVM_GETHEADER";
-    case 0x1000 + 33: return "LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
-    case 0x1000 + 34: return "LVM_GETVIEWRECT";
-    case 0x1000 + 35: return "LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR";
-    case 0x1000 + 36: return "LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR";
-    case 0x1000 + 37: return "LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR";
-    case 0x1000 + 38: return "LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR";
-    case 0x1000 + 39: return "LVM_GETTOPINDEX";
-    case 0x1000 + 40: return "LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE";
-    case 0x1000 + 41: return "LVM_GETORIGIN";
-    case 0x1000 + 42: return "LVM_UPDATE";
-    case 0x1000 + 43: return "LVM_SETITEMSTATE";
-    case 0x1000 + 44: return "LVM_GETITEMSTATE";
-    case 0x1000 + 45: return "LVM_GETITEMTEXTA";
-    case 0x1000 + 115: return "LVM_GETITEMTEXTW";
-    case 0x1000 + 46: return "LVM_SETITEMTEXTA";
-    case 0x1000 + 116: return "LVM_SETITEMTEXTW";
-    case 0x1000 + 47: return "LVM_SETITEMCOUNT";
-    case 0x1000 + 48: return "LVM_SORTITEMS";
-    case 0x1000 + 49: return "LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32";
-    case 0x1000 + 50: return "LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT";
-    case 0x1000 + 51: return "LVM_GETITEMSPACING";
-    case 0x1000 + 52: return "LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA";
-    case 0x1000 + 117: return "LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW";
-    case 0x1000 + 53: return "LVM_SETICONSPACING";
-    case 0x1000 + 54: return "LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE";
-    case 0x1000 + 55: return "LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE";
-    case 0x1000 + 56: return "LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT";
-    case 0x1000 + 57: return "LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST";
-    case 0x1000 + 58: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY";
-    case 0x1000 + 59: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY";
-    case 0x1000 + 60: return "LVM_SETHOTITEM";
-    case 0x1000 + 61: return "LVM_GETHOTITEM";
-    case 0x1000 + 62: return "LVM_SETHOTCURSOR";
-    case 0x1000 + 63: return "LVM_GETHOTCURSOR";
-    case 0x1000 + 64: return "LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT";
-    case 0x1000 + 65: return "LVM_SETWORKAREA";
+        case 0x1000 + 0: return "LVM_GETBKCOLOR";
+        case 0x1000 + 1: return "LVM_SETBKCOLOR";
+        case 0x1000 + 2: return "LVM_GETIMAGELIST";
+        case 0x1000 + 3: return "LVM_SETIMAGELIST";
+        case 0x1000 + 4: return "LVM_GETITEMCOUNT";
+        case 0x1000 + 5: return "LVM_GETITEMA";
+        case 0x1000 + 75: return "LVM_GETITEMW";
+        case 0x1000 + 6: return "LVM_SETITEMA";
+        case 0x1000 + 76: return "LVM_SETITEMW";
+        case 0x1000 + 7: return "LVM_INSERTITEMA";
+        case 0x1000 + 77: return "LVM_INSERTITEMW";
+        case 0x1000 + 8: return "LVM_DELETEITEM";
+        case 0x1000 + 9: return "LVM_DELETEALLITEMS";
+        case 0x1000 + 10: return "LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK";
+        case 0x1000 + 11: return "LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK";
+        case 0x1000 + 12: return "LVM_GETNEXTITEM";
+        case 0x1000 + 13: return "LVM_FINDITEMA";
+        case 0x1000 + 83: return "LVM_FINDITEMW";
+        case 0x1000 + 14: return "LVM_GETITEMRECT";
+        case 0x1000 + 15: return "LVM_SETITEMPOSITION";
+        case 0x1000 + 16: return "LVM_GETITEMPOSITION";
+        case 0x1000 + 17: return "LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA";
+        case 0x1000 + 87: return "LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW";
+        case 0x1000 + 18: return "LVM_HITTEST";
+        case 0x1000 + 19: return "LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE";
+        case 0x1000 + 20: return "LVM_SCROLL";
+        case 0x1000 + 21: return "LVM_REDRAWITEMS";
+        case 0x1000 + 22: return "LVM_ARRANGE";
+        case 0x1000 + 23: return "LVM_EDITLABELA";
+        case 0x1000 + 118: return "LVM_EDITLABELW";
+        case 0x1000 + 24: return "LVM_GETEDITCONTROL";
+        case 0x1000 + 25: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNA";
+        case 0x1000 + 95: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNW";
+        case 0x1000 + 26: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNA";
+        case 0x1000 + 96: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNW";
+        case 0x1000 + 27: return "LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA";
+        case 0x1000 + 97: return "LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW";
+        case 0x1000 + 28: return "LVM_DELETECOLUMN";
+        case 0x1000 + 29: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH";
+        case 0x1000 + 30: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH";
+        case 0x1000 + 31: return "LVM_GETHEADER";
+        case 0x1000 + 33: return "LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
+        case 0x1000 + 34: return "LVM_GETVIEWRECT";
+        case 0x1000 + 35: return "LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR";
+        case 0x1000 + 36: return "LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR";
+        case 0x1000 + 37: return "LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR";
+        case 0x1000 + 38: return "LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR";
+        case 0x1000 + 39: return "LVM_GETTOPINDEX";
+        case 0x1000 + 40: return "LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE";
+        case 0x1000 + 41: return "LVM_GETORIGIN";
+        case 0x1000 + 42: return "LVM_UPDATE";
+        case 0x1000 + 43: return "LVM_SETITEMSTATE";
+        case 0x1000 + 44: return "LVM_GETITEMSTATE";
+        case 0x1000 + 45: return "LVM_GETITEMTEXTA";
+        case 0x1000 + 115: return "LVM_GETITEMTEXTW";
+        case 0x1000 + 46: return "LVM_SETITEMTEXTA";
+        case 0x1000 + 116: return "LVM_SETITEMTEXTW";
+        case 0x1000 + 47: return "LVM_SETITEMCOUNT";
+        case 0x1000 + 48: return "LVM_SORTITEMS";
+        case 0x1000 + 49: return "LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32";
+        case 0x1000 + 50: return "LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT";
+        case 0x1000 + 51: return "LVM_GETITEMSPACING";
+        case 0x1000 + 52: return "LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA";
+        case 0x1000 + 117: return "LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW";
+        case 0x1000 + 53: return "LVM_SETICONSPACING";
+        case 0x1000 + 54: return "LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE";
+        case 0x1000 + 55: return "LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE";
+        case 0x1000 + 56: return "LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT";
+        case 0x1000 + 57: return "LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST";
+        case 0x1000 + 58: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY";
+        case 0x1000 + 59: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY";
+        case 0x1000 + 60: return "LVM_SETHOTITEM";
+        case 0x1000 + 61: return "LVM_GETHOTITEM";
+        case 0x1000 + 62: return "LVM_SETHOTCURSOR";
+        case 0x1000 + 63: return "LVM_GETHOTCURSOR";
+        case 0x1000 + 64: return "LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT";
+        case 0x1000 + 65: return "LVM_SETWORKAREA";
 
         // tree view
 
         // tree view
-    case 0x1100 + 0: return "TVM_INSERTITEMA";
-    case 0x1100 + 50: return "TVM_INSERTITEMW";
-    case 0x1100 + 1: return "TVM_DELETEITEM";
-    case 0x1100 + 2: return "TVM_EXPAND";
-    case 0x1100 + 4: return "TVM_GETITEMRECT";
-    case 0x1100 + 5: return "TVM_GETCOUNT";
-    case 0x1100 + 6: return "TVM_GETINDENT";
-    case 0x1100 + 7: return "TVM_SETINDENT";
-    case 0x1100 + 8: return "TVM_GETIMAGELIST";
-    case 0x1100 + 9: return "TVM_SETIMAGELIST";
-    case 0x1100 + 10: return "TVM_GETNEXTITEM";
-    case 0x1100 + 11: return "TVM_SELECTITEM";
-    case 0x1100 + 12: return "TVM_GETITEMA";
-    case 0x1100 + 62: return "TVM_GETITEMW";
-    case 0x1100 + 13: return "TVM_SETITEMA";
-    case 0x1100 + 63: return "TVM_SETITEMW";
-    case 0x1100 + 14: return "TVM_EDITLABELA";
-    case 0x1100 + 65: return "TVM_EDITLABELW";
-    case 0x1100 + 15: return "TVM_GETEDITCONTROL";
-    case 0x1100 + 16: return "TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT";
-    case 0x1100 + 17: return "TVM_HITTEST";
-    case 0x1100 + 18: return "TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
-    case 0x1100 + 19: return "TVM_SORTCHILDREN";
-    case 0x1100 + 20: return "TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE";
-    case 0x1100 + 21: return "TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB";
-    case 0x1100 + 22: return "TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW";
-    case 0x1100 + 23: return "TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA";
-    case 0x1100 + 64: return "TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW";
-    case 0x1100 + 24: return "TVM_SETTOOLTIPS";
-    case 0x1100 + 25: return "TVM_GETTOOLTIPS";
+        case 0x1100 + 0: return "TVM_INSERTITEMA";
+        case 0x1100 + 50: return "TVM_INSERTITEMW";
+        case 0x1100 + 1: return "TVM_DELETEITEM";
+        case 0x1100 + 2: return "TVM_EXPAND";
+        case 0x1100 + 4: return "TVM_GETITEMRECT";
+        case 0x1100 + 5: return "TVM_GETCOUNT";
+        case 0x1100 + 6: return "TVM_GETINDENT";
+        case 0x1100 + 7: return "TVM_SETINDENT";
+        case 0x1100 + 8: return "TVM_GETIMAGELIST";
+        case 0x1100 + 9: return "TVM_SETIMAGELIST";
+        case 0x1100 + 10: return "TVM_GETNEXTITEM";
+        case 0x1100 + 11: return "TVM_SELECTITEM";
+        case 0x1100 + 12: return "TVM_GETITEMA";
+        case 0x1100 + 62: return "TVM_GETITEMW";
+        case 0x1100 + 13: return "TVM_SETITEMA";
+        case 0x1100 + 63: return "TVM_SETITEMW";
+        case 0x1100 + 14: return "TVM_EDITLABELA";
+        case 0x1100 + 65: return "TVM_EDITLABELW";
+        case 0x1100 + 15: return "TVM_GETEDITCONTROL";
+        case 0x1100 + 16: return "TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT";
+        case 0x1100 + 17: return "TVM_HITTEST";
+        case 0x1100 + 18: return "TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
+        case 0x1100 + 19: return "TVM_SORTCHILDREN";
+        case 0x1100 + 20: return "TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE";
+        case 0x1100 + 21: return "TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB";
+        case 0x1100 + 22: return "TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW";
+        case 0x1100 + 23: return "TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA";
+        case 0x1100 + 64: return "TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW";
+        case 0x1100 + 24: return "TVM_SETTOOLTIPS";
+        case 0x1100 + 25: return "TVM_GETTOOLTIPS";
 
         // header
 
         // header
-    case 0x1200 + 0: return "HDM_GETITEMCOUNT";
-    case 0x1200 + 1: return "HDM_INSERTITEMA";
-    case 0x1200 + 10: return "HDM_INSERTITEMW";
-    case 0x1200 + 2: return "HDM_DELETEITEM";
-    case 0x1200 + 3: return "HDM_GETITEMA";
-    case 0x1200 + 11: return "HDM_GETITEMW";
-    case 0x1200 + 4: return "HDM_SETITEMA";
-    case 0x1200 + 12: return "HDM_SETITEMW";
-    case 0x1200 + 5: return "HDM_LAYOUT";
-    case 0x1200 + 6: return "HDM_HITTEST";
-    case 0x1200 + 7: return "HDM_GETITEMRECT";
-    case 0x1200 + 8: return "HDM_SETIMAGELIST";
-    case 0x1200 + 9: return "HDM_GETIMAGELIST";
-    case 0x1200 + 15: return "HDM_ORDERTOINDEX";
-    case 0x1200 + 16: return "HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
-    case 0x1200 + 17: return "HDM_GETORDERARRAY";
-    case 0x1200 + 18: return "HDM_SETORDERARRAY";
-    case 0x1200 + 19: return "HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER";
+        case 0x1200 + 0: return "HDM_GETITEMCOUNT";
+        case 0x1200 + 1: return "HDM_INSERTITEMA";
+        case 0x1200 + 10: return "HDM_INSERTITEMW";
+        case 0x1200 + 2: return "HDM_DELETEITEM";
+        case 0x1200 + 3: return "HDM_GETITEMA";
+        case 0x1200 + 11: return "HDM_GETITEMW";
+        case 0x1200 + 4: return "HDM_SETITEMA";
+        case 0x1200 + 12: return "HDM_SETITEMW";
+        case 0x1200 + 5: return "HDM_LAYOUT";
+        case 0x1200 + 6: return "HDM_HITTEST";
+        case 0x1200 + 7: return "HDM_GETITEMRECT";
+        case 0x1200 + 8: return "HDM_SETIMAGELIST";
+        case 0x1200 + 9: return "HDM_GETIMAGELIST";
+        case 0x1200 + 15: return "HDM_ORDERTOINDEX";
+        case 0x1200 + 16: return "HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
+        case 0x1200 + 17: return "HDM_GETORDERARRAY";
+        case 0x1200 + 18: return "HDM_SETORDERARRAY";
+        case 0x1200 + 19: return "HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER";
 
         // tab control
 
         // tab control
-    case 0x1300 + 2: return "TCM_GETIMAGELIST";
-    case 0x1300 + 3: return "TCM_SETIMAGELIST";
-    case 0x1300 + 4: return "TCM_GETITEMCOUNT";
-    case 0x1300 + 5: return "TCM_GETITEMA";
-    case 0x1300 + 60: return "TCM_GETITEMW";
-    case 0x1300 + 6: return "TCM_SETITEMA";
-    case 0x1300 + 61: return "TCM_SETITEMW";
-    case 0x1300 + 7: return "TCM_INSERTITEMA";
-    case 0x1300 + 62: return "TCM_INSERTITEMW";
-    case 0x1300 + 8: return "TCM_DELETEITEM";
-    case 0x1300 + 9: return "TCM_DELETEALLITEMS";
-    case 0x1300 + 10: return "TCM_GETITEMRECT";
-    case 0x1300 + 11: return "TCM_GETCURSEL";
-    case 0x1300 + 12: return "TCM_SETCURSEL";
-    case 0x1300 + 13: return "TCM_HITTEST";
-    case 0x1300 + 14: return "TCM_SETITEMEXTRA";
-    case 0x1300 + 40: return "TCM_ADJUSTRECT";
-    case 0x1300 + 41: return "TCM_SETITEMSIZE";
-    case 0x1300 + 42: return "TCM_REMOVEIMAGE";
-    case 0x1300 + 43: return "TCM_SETPADDING";
-    case 0x1300 + 44: return "TCM_GETROWCOUNT";
-    case 0x1300 + 45: return "TCM_GETTOOLTIPS";
-    case 0x1300 + 46: return "TCM_SETTOOLTIPS";
-    case 0x1300 + 47: return "TCM_GETCURFOCUS";
-    case 0x1300 + 48: return "TCM_SETCURFOCUS";
-    case 0x1300 + 49: return "TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH";
-    case 0x1300 + 50: return "TCM_DESELECTALL";
+        case 0x1300 + 2: return "TCM_GETIMAGELIST";
+        case 0x1300 + 3: return "TCM_SETIMAGELIST";
+        case 0x1300 + 4: return "TCM_GETITEMCOUNT";
+        case 0x1300 + 5: return "TCM_GETITEMA";
+        case 0x1300 + 60: return "TCM_GETITEMW";
+        case 0x1300 + 6: return "TCM_SETITEMA";
+        case 0x1300 + 61: return "TCM_SETITEMW";
+        case 0x1300 + 7: return "TCM_INSERTITEMA";
+        case 0x1300 + 62: return "TCM_INSERTITEMW";
+        case 0x1300 + 8: return "TCM_DELETEITEM";
+        case 0x1300 + 9: return "TCM_DELETEALLITEMS";
+        case 0x1300 + 10: return "TCM_GETITEMRECT";
+        case 0x1300 + 11: return "TCM_GETCURSEL";
+        case 0x1300 + 12: return "TCM_SETCURSEL";
+        case 0x1300 + 13: return "TCM_HITTEST";
+        case 0x1300 + 14: return "TCM_SETITEMEXTRA";
+        case 0x1300 + 40: return "TCM_ADJUSTRECT";
+        case 0x1300 + 41: return "TCM_SETITEMSIZE";
+        case 0x1300 + 42: return "TCM_REMOVEIMAGE";
+        case 0x1300 + 43: return "TCM_SETPADDING";
+        case 0x1300 + 44: return "TCM_GETROWCOUNT";
+        case 0x1300 + 45: return "TCM_GETTOOLTIPS";
+        case 0x1300 + 46: return "TCM_SETTOOLTIPS";
+        case 0x1300 + 47: return "TCM_GETCURFOCUS";
+        case 0x1300 + 48: return "TCM_SETCURFOCUS";
+        case 0x1300 + 49: return "TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH";
+        case 0x1300 + 50: return "TCM_DESELECTALL";
 
         // toolbar
 
         // toolbar
-    case WM_USER+1: return "TB_ENABLEBUTTON";
-    case WM_USER+2: return "TB_CHECKBUTTON";
-    case WM_USER+3: return "TB_PRESSBUTTON";
-    case WM_USER+4: return "TB_HIDEBUTTON";
-    case WM_USER+5: return "TB_INDETERMINATE";
-    case WM_USER+9: return "TB_ISBUTTONENABLED";
-    case WM_USER+10: return "TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED";
-    case WM_USER+11: return "TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED";
-    case WM_USER+12: return "TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN";
-    case WM_USER+13: return "TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE";
-    case WM_USER+17: return "TB_SETSTATE";
-    case WM_USER+18: return "TB_GETSTATE";
-    case WM_USER+19: return "TB_ADDBITMAP";
-    case WM_USER+20: return "TB_ADDBUTTONS";
-    case WM_USER+21: return "TB_INSERTBUTTON";
-    case WM_USER+22: return "TB_DELETEBUTTON";
-    case WM_USER+23: return "TB_GETBUTTON";
-    case WM_USER+24: return "TB_BUTTONCOUNT";
-    case WM_USER+25: return "TB_COMMANDTOINDEX";
-    case WM_USER+26: return "TB_SAVERESTOREA";
-    case WM_USER+76: return "TB_SAVERESTOREW";
-    case WM_USER+27: return "TB_CUSTOMIZE";
-    case WM_USER+28: return "TB_ADDSTRINGA";
-    case WM_USER+77: return "TB_ADDSTRINGW";
-    case WM_USER+29: return "TB_GETITEMRECT";
-    case WM_USER+30: return "TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE";
-    case WM_USER+31: return "TB_SETBUTTONSIZE";
-    case WM_USER+32: return "TB_SETBITMAPSIZE";
-    case WM_USER+33: return "TB_AUTOSIZE";
-    case WM_USER+35: return "TB_GETTOOLTIPS";
-    case WM_USER+36: return "TB_SETTOOLTIPS";
-    case WM_USER+37: return "TB_SETPARENT";
-    case WM_USER+39: return "TB_SETROWS";
-    case WM_USER+40: return "TB_GETROWS";
-    case WM_USER+42: return "TB_SETCMDID";
-    case WM_USER+43: return "TB_CHANGEBITMAP";
-    case WM_USER+44: return "TB_GETBITMAP";
-    case WM_USER+45: return "TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA";
-    case WM_USER+75: return "TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW";
-    case WM_USER+46: return "TB_REPLACEBITMAP";
-    case WM_USER+47: return "TB_SETINDENT";
-    case WM_USER+48: return "TB_SETIMAGELIST";
-    case WM_USER+49: return "TB_GETIMAGELIST";
-    case WM_USER+50: return "TB_LOADIMAGES";
-    case WM_USER+51: return "TB_GETRECT";
-    case WM_USER+52: return "TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST";
-    case WM_USER+53: return "TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST";
-    case WM_USER+54: return "TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST";
-    case WM_USER+55: return "TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST";
-    case WM_USER+56: return "TB_SETSTYLE";
-    case WM_USER+57: return "TB_GETSTYLE";
-    case WM_USER+58: return "TB_GETBUTTONSIZE";
-    case WM_USER+59: return "TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH";
-    case WM_USER+60: return "TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS";
-    case WM_USER+61: return "TB_GETTEXTROWS";
-    case WM_USER+41: return "TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS";
+        case WM_USER+1: return "TB_ENABLEBUTTON";
+        case WM_USER+2: return "TB_CHECKBUTTON";
+        case WM_USER+3: return "TB_PRESSBUTTON";
+        case WM_USER+4: return "TB_HIDEBUTTON";
+        case WM_USER+5: return "TB_INDETERMINATE";
+        case WM_USER+9: return "TB_ISBUTTONENABLED";
+        case WM_USER+10: return "TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED";
+        case WM_USER+11: return "TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED";
+        case WM_USER+12: return "TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN";
+        case WM_USER+13: return "TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE";
+        case WM_USER+17: return "TB_SETSTATE";
+        case WM_USER+18: return "TB_GETSTATE";
+        case WM_USER+19: return "TB_ADDBITMAP";
+        case WM_USER+20: return "TB_ADDBUTTONS";
+        case WM_USER+21: return "TB_INSERTBUTTON";
+        case WM_USER+22: return "TB_DELETEBUTTON";
+        case WM_USER+23: return "TB_GETBUTTON";
+        case WM_USER+24: return "TB_BUTTONCOUNT";
+        case WM_USER+25: return "TB_COMMANDTOINDEX";
+        case WM_USER+26: return "TB_SAVERESTOREA";
+        case WM_USER+76: return "TB_SAVERESTOREW";
+        case WM_USER+27: return "TB_CUSTOMIZE";
+        case WM_USER+28: return "TB_ADDSTRINGA";
+        case WM_USER+77: return "TB_ADDSTRINGW";
+        case WM_USER+29: return "TB_GETITEMRECT";
+        case WM_USER+30: return "TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE";
+        case WM_USER+31: return "TB_SETBUTTONSIZE";
+        case WM_USER+32: return "TB_SETBITMAPSIZE";
+        case WM_USER+33: return "TB_AUTOSIZE";
+        case WM_USER+35: return "TB_GETTOOLTIPS";
+        case WM_USER+36: return "TB_SETTOOLTIPS";
+        case WM_USER+37: return "TB_SETPARENT";
+        case WM_USER+39: return "TB_SETROWS";
+        case WM_USER+40: return "TB_GETROWS";
+        case WM_USER+42: return "TB_SETCMDID";
+        case WM_USER+43: return "TB_CHANGEBITMAP";
+        case WM_USER+44: return "TB_GETBITMAP";
+        case WM_USER+45: return "TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA";
+        case WM_USER+75: return "TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW";
+        case WM_USER+46: return "TB_REPLACEBITMAP";
+        case WM_USER+47: return "TB_SETINDENT";
+        case WM_USER+48: return "TB_SETIMAGELIST";
+        case WM_USER+49: return "TB_GETIMAGELIST";
+        case WM_USER+50: return "TB_LOADIMAGES";
+        case WM_USER+51: return "TB_GETRECT";
+        case WM_USER+52: return "TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST";
+        case WM_USER+53: return "TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST";
+        case WM_USER+54: return "TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST";
+        case WM_USER+55: return "TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST";
+        case WM_USER+56: return "TB_SETSTYLE";
+        case WM_USER+57: return "TB_GETSTYLE";
+        case WM_USER+58: return "TB_GETBUTTONSIZE";
+        case WM_USER+59: return "TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH";
+        case WM_USER+60: return "TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS";
+        case WM_USER+61: return "TB_GETTEXTROWS";
+        case WM_USER+41: return "TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS";
 
 #endif //WIN32
 
 
 #endif //WIN32
 
-    default:
-        static char s_szBuf[128];
-        sprintf(s_szBuf, "<unknown message = %d>", message);
-        return s_szBuf;
-  }
+        default:
+            static char s_szBuf[128];
+            sprintf(s_szBuf, "<unknown message = %d>", message);
+            return s_szBuf;
+    }
+}
+#endif //__WXDEBUG__
+
+static void TranslateKbdEventToMouse(wxWindowMSW *win,
+                                     int *x, int *y, WPARAM *flags)
+{
+    // construct the key mask
+    WPARAM& fwKeys = *flags;
+
+    fwKeys = MK_RBUTTON;
+    if ( wxIsCtrlDown() )
+        fwKeys |= MK_CONTROL;
+    if ( wxIsShiftDown() )
+        fwKeys |= MK_SHIFT;
+
+    // simulate right mouse button click
+    DWORD dwPos = ::GetMessagePos();
+    *x = GET_X_LPARAM(dwPos);
+    *y = GET_Y_LPARAM(dwPos);
+
+    win->ScreenToClient(x, y);
+}
+
+static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win)
+{
+    // prepare the DC
+    TEXTMETRIC tm;
+    HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win);
+    HDC hdc = ::GetDC(hwnd);
+
+#if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY
+    // and select the current font into it
+    HFONT hfont = GetHfontOf(win->GetFont());
+    if ( hfont )
+    {
+        hfont = (HFONT)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // finally retrieve the text metrics from it
+    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
+
+#if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY
+    // and clean up
+    if ( hfont )
+    {
+        (void)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    ::ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
+
+    return tm;
 }
 }
-#endif //WXDEBUG
+
+// Find the wxWindow at the current mouse position, returning the mouse
+// position.
+wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPointer(wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt))
+{
+    return wxFindWindowAtPoint(wxGetMousePosition());
+}
+
+wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt)
+{
+    POINT pt2;
+    pt2.x = pt.x;
+    pt2.y = pt.y;
+    HWND hWndHit = ::WindowFromPoint(pt2);
+
+    wxWindow* win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWndHit) ;
+    HWND hWnd = hWndHit;
+
+    // Try to find a window with a wxWindow associated with it
+    while (!win && (hWnd != 0))
+    {
+        hWnd = ::GetParent(hWnd);
+        win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd) ;
+    }
+    return win;
+}
+
+// Get the current mouse position.
+wxPoint wxGetMousePosition()
+{
+    POINT pt;
+    GetCursorPos( & pt );
+
+    return wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y);
+}
+
wxWidgets (Impactor)